Merge branch 'master' into christopherrsmith-tc-create-1

# Conflicts:
#	en_tn_45-ACT.tsv

en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ MRK	4	6	z2el	figs-idiom	ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος	1		Here, **the sun r
 MRK	4	6	ee49	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	it was scorched	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can restate **it was scorched** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	7	bw62		ἄλλο ἔπεσεν	1	choked it … it did not produce	See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md)
 MRK	4	8	v3sr	figs-ellipsis	αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100	The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipses are used here to shorten the phrases, but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “producing a plant that bore 30 times as much grain or 60 times as much grain or even 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	4	8	u327	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	“thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+MRK	4	8	u327	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	These may be written as numerals. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MRK	4	9	p2us	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	The phrase **has ears** here refers to the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	4	9	qxy4	figs-123person	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	4	10	u2nj	figs-explicit	ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας	1	when he was alone	The phrase **he was alone** does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the 12 disciples and some of his other close followers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

@@ -1513,8 +1513,8 @@ JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	Here the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	Jesus is using the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus speaks about **someone** walking **in the daytime** in order to comfort his disciples who were worried about going to Judea. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light of this world** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../09/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md).This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if Jesus and his disciples did God’s work during the limited time God had given him to work with them (**the daytime**), they would not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus was with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you do God’s work during the time I am here, you will succeed, because you are with me, the light of this world.” (2) someone who acts according to God’s will (**walks in the daytime**) does not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus guides that person. Alternate translation: “If someone acts according to God’s will, he will succeed, because I, the light of this world, will guide him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus expands the metaphor from the previous verse about a person walking outside. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../09/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if his disciples tried to do God’s work after the limited time God had given him to be with them (the **night** which comes after “the daytime”), they would fail (**stumble**) because Jesus would not be with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you try to do this work after I have left, you will fail because I, the light, am not with you.” (2) someone who does not act according to God’s will (**walks at night**) is an unbeliever who fails completely (**stumble**) because that person does not know Jesus. Alternate translation: “If someone does not act according to God’s will, he will fail because he does not know me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus speaks about **someone** walking **in the daytime** in order to comfort his disciples who were worried about going to Judea. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light of this world** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md).This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if Jesus and his disciples did God’s work during the limited time God had given him to work with them (**the daytime**), they would not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus was with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you do God’s work during the time I am here, you will succeed, because you are with me, the light of this world.” (2) someone who acts according to God’s will (**walks in the daytime**) does not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus guides that person. Alternate translation: “If someone acts according to God’s will, he will succeed, because I, the light of this world, will guide him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus expands the metaphor from the previous verse about a person walking outside. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if his disciples tried to do God’s work after the limited time God had given him to be with them (the **night** which comes after “the daytime”), they would fail (**stumble**) because Jesus would not be with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you try to do this work after I have left, you will fail because I, the light, am not with you.” (2) someone who does not act according to God’s will (**walks at night**) is an unbeliever who fails completely (**stumble**) because that person does not know Jesus. Alternate translation: “If someone does not act according to God’s will, he will fail because he does not know me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

en_tn_50-EPH.tsv

@@ -10,19 +10,19 @@ EPH	1	3	zdh3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul opens his letter by talking about th
 EPH	1	3	g6sj	figs-activepassive	εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	1	3	cr9h		ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς	1	who has blessed us	Alternate translation: “for God has blessed us”
 EPH	1	3	m8qh		πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ	1	every spiritual blessing	Alternate translation: “every blessing coming from the Spirit of God”
-EPH	1	3	j2lk		ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις	1	in the heavenly places	“in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is.
+EPH	1	3	j2lk		ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις	1	in the heavenly places	The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is. Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
 EPH	1	3	v9qz	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	in Christ	Here, **in Christ** could mean: (1) a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” (2) what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	1	4	ibv6	figs-doublet	ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους	1	holy and blameless	Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+EPH	1	4	ibv6	figs-doublet	ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους	1	holy and blameless	Paul uses the two similar words **holy** and **blameless** to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EPH	1	4	ab01	figs-doublenegatives	ἀμώμους	1	blameless	The word **blameless** contains two negative ideas: “blame” or “fault,” and “-less,” which means “without.” If it would be helpful in your language, the two negative ideas can be replaced with the corresponding positive idea, “perfect.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-EPH	1	5	fp7l			0	General Information:	The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
+EPH	1	5	fp7l		προορίσας…αὐτόν…αὐτοῦ	1	General Information:	The words “he,” “himself,” and “his” refer to God.
 EPH	1	5	h7pn	figs-exclusive	προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς υἱοθεσίαν	1	he predestined us for adoption	The word **us** refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “God planned long ago to adopt us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 EPH	1	5	pq1x		προορίσας ἡμᾶς	1	he predestined us	Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago”
 EPH	1	5	e6f6	figs-metaphor	εἰς υἱοθεσίαν	1	for adoption	Here, **adoption** is a metaphor that refers to becoming part of God’s family. Alternate translation: “to become his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	1	5	ciu3		διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through Jesus Christ	God brought believers into his family by the work of Jesus Christ.
+EPH	1	5	ciu3		διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through Jesus Christ	God brought believers into his family by the work of **Jesus Christ**.
 EPH	1	6	s9qk		ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ	1	he has freely given us in the Beloved One	Alternate translation: “he has kindly given to us by means of the One whom he loves”
 EPH	1	6	x7jp		τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ	1	the Beloved One	Alternate translation: “the One he loves, Jesus Christ” or “his Son, whom he loves”
 EPH	1	7	abcb	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ	1	through his blood	The **blood** of Jesus is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “because he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EPH	1	7	m9l4	figs-metaphor	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	the riches of his grace	Paul speaks of God’s grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: “greatness of God’s grace” or “abundance of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	1	7	m9l4	figs-metaphor	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	the riches of his grace	Paul speaks of God’s **grace** as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: “greatness of God’s grace” or “abundance of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	8	pg6j		ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς	1	which he caused to abound to us	Alternate translation: “which he gave us in a great amount” or “being extremely kind to us”
 EPH	1	8	sw98		ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει	1	in all wisdom and understanding	This could mean: (1) because he has all wisdom and understanding. (2) so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.
 EPH	1	8	ab98	figs-doublet	σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει	1	wisdom and understanding	Here, **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ EPH	1	12	gj44	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς…τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐ
 EPH	1	12	zqm9		εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	so that we … would be for the praise of his glory	Alternate translation: “so that we … would live to praise him for his glory”
 EPH	1	13	j1zc			0	General Information:	Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
 EPH	1	13	ac1e		τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	This could mean: (1) the message about the truth. (2) the true message.
-EPH	1	13	qgf9	figs-metaphor	ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τῷ Ἁγίῳ	1	you were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit	In this metaphor Paul pictures the Holy Spirit as a seal, comparing him to the wax that was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “God has placed the Holy Spirit that he promised on you as if he were a seal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	1	13	qgf9	figs-metaphor	ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τῷ Ἁγίῳ	1	you were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit	In this metaphor Paul pictures the **Holy Spirit** as a seal, comparing him to the wax that was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “God has placed the Holy Spirit that he promised on you as if he were a seal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	13	abcf	figs-activepassive	ἐσφραγίσθητε	1	you were sealed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	1	14	g6dw	figs-metaphor	ἀρραβὼν τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν	1	a down payment of our inheritance	Receiving what God has promised is spoken of in terms of one inheriting property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “an initial portion that we will receive from what God has promised” or “a guarantee that we will receive what God has promised to give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	15	d9qy			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul prays for the Ephesian believers and praises God for the power that believers have through Christ.
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ EPH	1	17	abcd	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phra
 EPH	1	17	b7l1		πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ	1	a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him	Alternate translation: “spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation”
 EPH	1	18	gbl7	figs-metonymy	πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας	1	that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or thinking. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	1	18	iv1h	figs-activepassive	πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας	1	that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may give you understanding” or “that God may enlighten your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH	1	18	abcg	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας	1	that the eyes of your heart	The phrase **eyes of your heart** is a metaphor for one’s ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding and be enlightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	1	18	m5j5		πεφωτισμένους	1	that … bay be enlightened	Alternate translation: “that … may be made to see”
+EPH	1	18	abcg	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας	1	that the eyes of your heart	The phrase **eyes of {your} heart** is a metaphor for one’s ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding and be enlightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	1	18	m5j5		πεφωτισμένους	1	that … bay be enlightened	Alternate translation: “may be made to see”
 EPH	1	18	abc4		τῆς κλήσεως αὐτοῦ	1	of his calling	The **calling** of God refers to his choosing people to believe in him. Alternate translation: “that you have because he chose you to be his people”
 EPH	1	18	h6ig	figs-metaphor	τῆς κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ	1	of his inheritance	Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if one were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	18	lg8h		τοῖς ἁγίοις	1	the saints	Alternate translation: “those whom he has set apart for himself” or “those who belong completely to him”
@@ -60,32 +60,32 @@ EPH	1	19	die1		εἰς ἡμᾶς, τοὺς πιστεύοντας	1	toward us
 EPH	1	19	e6g2		τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1	the working of the force of his strength	Alternate translation: “his great power that is at work for us”
 EPH	1	19	abce	figs-doublet	τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1	of the force of his strength	The words **force** and **strength** have very similar meanings and may be combined. Alternate translation: “of his great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EPH	1	20	dc4l		ἐγείρας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	when he raised him from the dead	Alternate translation: “when he made him alive again”
-EPH	1	20	pu97	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-EPH	1	20	ekj4	figs-metonymy	καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις	1	seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places	The person who sits **at the right hand** of a king sits at his right side and rules with all the authority of the king at whose right hand or side he sits. This is a metonym of location that represents the authority that the person in that location possesses. Alternate translation: “gave him all authority to rule from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EPH	1	20	pu97	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+EPH	1	20	ekj4	figs-metonymy	καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις	1	seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places	The person who sits **at his right hand** of a king sits at his right side and rules with all the authority of the king at whose right hand or side he sits. This is a metonym of location that represents the authority that the person in that location possesses. Alternate translation: “gave him all authority to rule from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	1	20	f3dh	translate-symaction	καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	seated him at his right hand	To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-EPH	1	20	jrv1		ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις	1	in the heavenly places	“in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is. See how you translated this in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
+EPH	1	20	jrv1		ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις	1	in the heavenly places	The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is. See how you translated this in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
 EPH	1	21	k8k7	figs-doublet	ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ κυριότητος	1	far above all rule and authority and power and dominion	These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have four different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “far above all types of supernatural beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EPH	1	21	ra11	figs-activepassive	παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου	1	every name that is named	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) every name that man gives. (2) every name that God gives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH	1	21	x6qc		ὀνόματος	1	name	This could refer to: (1) a title. (2) a position of authority.
+EPH	1	21	x6qc		ὀνόματος	1	name	Here, **name** could refer to: (1) a title. (2) a position of authority.
 EPH	1	21	pym8		ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	in this age	Alternate translation: “at this time”
 EPH	1	21	qw2x		ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	in the age to come	Alternate translation: “in the future”
 EPH	1	22	jm9i	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	under Christ’s feet	Here, **feet** represents Christ’s lordship, authority, and power. Alternate translation: “under Christ’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	1	22	pm4t	figs-metaphor	κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα	1	head over all things	Here, **head** is a metaphor that refers to the leader or the one who is in charge. Alternate translation: “ruler over all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	1	23	ge2c	figs-metaphor	τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	his body	Just as the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to a human body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	1	23	ge2c	figs-metaphor	τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	his body	Just as the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to a human body, so Christ is the head of the church **body**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	23	w2kh		τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου	1	the fullness of the one who fills all in all	Alternate translation: “for Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things”
 EPH	1	23	x2kh		τὸ πλήρωμα	1	the fullness	This could have: (1) a passive sense, which would mean that Christ fills or completes the church. (2) an active sense, which would mean that the church completes Christ (as a body completes a head).
 EPH	2	intro	e7qn			0		# Ephesians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the life that a Christian had before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person’s former way of living is distinct from a Christian’s new identity “in Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### One body<br><br>Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or “body.” The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Dead in trespasses and sins”<br><br>Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are “dead” in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually “dead.” Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Descriptions of worldly living<br><br>Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They “lived according to the ways of this world” and are “living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air,” “fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature,” and “carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind.”<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is the gift of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe “it” here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, “it” here probably refers to both things: the gift is that we are saved by God’s grace through faith.<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is sometimes used as a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. The phrase “Gentiles in the flesh” indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. But “flesh” is also used in this verse to refer to the physical person, similar to “body part of man.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
 EPH	2	1	xf5s			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds the believers of their past and the way they now are before God.
-EPH	2	1	dxx8	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you were dead in your trespasses and sins	This shows how the inability of a sinful person to obey God is similar to a dead person’s inability to respond physically. Alternate translation: “you were spiritually dead, unable to do anything but sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	2	1	dxx8	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you were dead in your trespasses and sins	This shows how the inability of a sinful person to obey God is similar to a **dead** person’s inability to respond physically. Alternate translation: “you were spiritually dead, unable to do anything but sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	1	lp32	figs-doublet	τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your trespasses and sins	The words **trespasses** and **sins** have similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize the greatness of the people’s sin. If your language has just one word for this, the two words can be combined. Alternate translation: “your many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EPH	2	1	ab32	figs-abstractnouns	τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your trespasses and sins	The words **trespasses** and **sins** are abstract nouns that represent actions. You can use an adjective or a verb for this if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the sinful things that you did” or “always sinning against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	2	2	ab80	figs-metaphor	ἐν αἷς ποτε περιεπατήσατε	1	in which you once walked	Here, **walk** is a metaphor for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “which is how you lived” or “which you did habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	2	1	ab32	figs-abstractnouns	τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your trespasses and sins	The words **trespasses** and **sins** are abstract nouns that represent actions. You could use an adjective or a verb for this if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the sinful things that you did” or “always sinning against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	2	2	ab80	figs-metaphor	ἐν αἷς ποτε περιεπατήσατε	1	in which you once walked	Here, “walk” is a metaphor for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “which is how you lived” or “which you did habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	2	i7d4	figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	according to the age of this world	The apostles often used **world** to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. Alternate translation: “according to the values of people living in the world” or “following the principles of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EPH	2	2	n5d2		τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος	1	the ruler of the authorities of the air	This refers to the devil or Satan.
+EPH	2	2	n5d2		τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος	1	the ruler of the authorities of the air	This phrase refers to the devil or Satan.
 EPH	2	2	bj9y		τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν ἐνεργοῦντος	1	the spirit that is now working	Alternate translation: “the spirit of Satan, who is currently working”
-EPH	2	2	ab9y	figs-idiom	τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας	1	the sons of disobedience	“people who routinely disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EPH	2	3	d3wd	figs-metonymy	τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν	1	the desires of the body and of the mind	The words **body** and **mind** represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EPH	2	3	zd6v	figs-idiom	τέκνα…ὀργῆς	1	children of wrath	“people with whom God is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EPH	2	2	ab9y	figs-idiom	τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας	1	the sons of disobedience	Alternate translation: “people who routinely disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EPH	2	3	d3wd	figs-metonymy	τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν	1	the desires of the body and of the mind	The words **body** and **minds** represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EPH	2	3	zd6v	figs-idiom	τέκνα…ὀργῆς	1	children of wrath	Alternate translation: “people with whom God is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EPH	2	4	abco	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The love and mercy of God is in sharp contrast to the evil way the Ephesians lived before they believed in God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	2	4	chm6	figs-abstractnouns	Θεὸς πλούσιος ὢν ἐν ἐλέει	1	God is rich in mercy	The word **mercy** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God is abundantly merciful” or “God is very kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	2	4	hrx9	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς	1	because of his great love with which he loved us	The word **love** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “because he loved us so very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ EPH	2	7	abcp	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase
 EPH	2	7	y6cf		ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν, τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις	1	in the ages that are coming	Alternate translation: “in the future”
 EPH	2	8	abcq	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesians had been saved by God, and not by their own good works. The result is that people would see the grace of God to us in Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	2	8	t9pc	figs-activepassive	τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι διὰ πίστεως	1	For by grace you have been saved through faith	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God saved you by grace because of your faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH	2	8	abpc	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι	1	For by grace you have been saved	The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God saved you as a free gift” or “God saved you because of his extreme kindness to you” See how you translated this phrase in [Ephesians 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	2	8	abpc	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι	1	For by grace you have been saved	See how you translated this phrase in [Ephesians 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	2	8	r8u8		τοῦτο	1	this	The word **this** refers back to **by grace you have been saved by faith**.
 EPH	2	9	al4s		οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἵνα μή τις καυχήσηται	1	not from works, so that no one may boast	You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Salvation does not come from works, so that no one may boast” or “God does not save a person because of what that person does, so no one can boast and say that he earned his salvation”
 EPH	2	9	abcr	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of God for saving believers by grace instead of by their works is that no person might boast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ EPH	2	10	abd0	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase
 EPH	2	10	lws4	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτοῖς περιπατήσωμεν	1	we would walk in them	To **walk** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Here, **in them** refers to the “good works.” Alternate translation: “we would always and continually do those good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	11	abct	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that they were saved by God and not by anything they had done on their own. The result is that the Ephesians would remember that they were once separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	2	11	diq1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds these believers that God has now made Gentiles and Jews into one body through Christ and his cross.
-EPH	2	11	p7m2	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί	1	Gentiles in the flesh	This refers to people who were not born Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	2	11	p7m2	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί	1	Gentiles in the flesh	Here, **Gentiles** refers to people who were not born Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	11	e76g	figs-metonymy	ἀκροβυστία	1	uncircumcised	Non-Jewish people were not circumcised as babies and thus the Jews considered them people who do not follow any of God’s laws. Alternate translation: “uncircumcised pagans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	2	11	nlf2	figs-metonymy	περιτομῆς	1	circumcised	This was another term for Jewish people because all male infants were **circumcised**. Alternate translation: “circumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	2	11	tf9i	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης	1	by those who are called	You can translate this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by what people call” or “by those whom people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ EPH	2	12	abcz	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The connecting word **F
 EPH	2	12	u3vu		χωρὶς Χριστοῦ	1	apart from Christ	Alternate translation: “unbelievers”
 EPH	2	12	sti2	figs-metaphor	ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1	strangers to the covenants of the promise	Paul speaks to the Gentile believers as if they had been foreigners, kept out of the land of God’s **covenants** and **promise**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	13	abcw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The current condition of the Ephesian Gentile believers, after they believed in Christ, is that they are near to God. That is in contrast to their previous condition, before they believed in Christ, of being separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EPH	2	13	uf8m	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς οἵ ποτε ὄντες μακρὰν, ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	you who once were far away have been brought near by the blood of Christ	Not belonging to God due to sin is spoken of as being far away from God. Belonging to God because of the blood of Christ is spoken of as being brought near to God. Alternate translation: “you who once did not belong to God now belong to God because of the blood of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	2	13	uf8m	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς οἵ ποτε ὄντες μακρὰν, ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	you who once were far away have been brought near by the blood of Christ	Not belonging to God due to sin is spoken of as **being far away** from God. Belonging to God because of **the blood of Christ** is spoken of as being **brought near** to God. Alternate translation: “you who once did not belong to God now belong to God because of the blood of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	13	tth1	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	by the blood of Christ	Here the **blood of Christ** is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “by Christ’s death” or “when Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	2	14	abcv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ himself joined them to the Jewish believers. The result is that the Ephesian Gentile believers were brought near to God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	2	14	ue4u		αὐτὸς…ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν	1	he himself is our peace	Alternate translation: “Jesus gives us his peace”
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ EPH	2	14	d7uf	figs-metaphor	τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ
 EPH	2	15	bn71		τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν καταργήσας	1	He abolished the law of commandments in regulations	Jesus’ blood satisfies the law of Moses so that both the Jews and Gentiles can live at peace in God. Alternate translation: “He took away the requirements in the law of Moses”
 EPH	2	15	abcx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ in abolishing the law was to join the Jews and the Gentiles together into one group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	2	15	sr2r	figs-metaphor	ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	one new man	Paul talks about the unity of Jews and Gentiles as if they had become **one** person. Alternate translation: “a single new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	2	15	b628	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὑτῷ	1	in himself	It is being joined to Christ that makes reconciliation possible between Jews and Gentiles. Paul describes this relationship as though Christ surrounded all of us. Alternate translation: “because he made it possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	2	15	b628	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὑτῷ	1	in himself	Being joined to Christ is what makes reconciliation possible between Jews and Gentiles. Paul describes this relationship as though Christ surrounded all of us. Alternate translation: “because he made it possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	16	zz8k		ἀποκαταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους	1	so that he might reconcile both	Alternate translation: “so that Christ might bring the Jews and the Gentiles together in peace”
 EPH	2	16	abc0	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι	1	as one body	The church is often pictured as the **body** of Christ, who is its head. Here it is comprised of both Jews and Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	16	bj8x	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	through the cross	Here the **cross** here represents Christ’s death on the cross. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -139,24 +139,24 @@ EPH	2	17	vhi8			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells the Ephesians that Gentile be
 EPH	2	17	g1hz		εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην	1	and proclaimed peace	Alternate translation: “and announced the gospel of peace” or “declaring the gospel of peace”
 EPH	2	17	wdu8	figs-metaphor	ὑμῖν τοῖς μακρὰν	1	you who were far away	Paul pictures the Gentiles (non-Jews), who were not part of God’s people, as though they were physically distant from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	17	a58n	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἐγγύς	1	to those who were near	Paul pictures the Jews, who were God’s people by birth, as though they were physically close to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	2	18	qw56	figs-exclusive	ὅτι δι’ αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν, οἱ ἀμφότεροι	1	for through him we both have access	Here, **we both** refers to Paul, the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+EPH	2	18	qw56	figs-exclusive	ὅτι δι’ αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν, οἱ ἀμφότεροι	1	for through him we both have access	Here, **both** refers to Paul and the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 EPH	2	18	abcu	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	for	The connecting word **for** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that he himself is the one who enabled both Jew and Gentile to come to the Father. The result is that Christ proclaimed peace to both the Jews and the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	2	18	kt1m		ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι	1	in one Spirit	All believers, both Jewish and Gentile, are enabled to enter into the presence of God the Father by the same Holy **Spirit**. Alternate translation: “by means of the same Spirit”
 EPH	2	19	abcy	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα οὖν	1	So then	The connecting phrase **So then** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ gave them access to God through the Spirit. The result is that the Ephesian believers are no longer separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	2	19	abd1	figs-doublet	ξένοι καὶ πάροικοι	1	strangers and foreigners	The words **strangers** and **foreigners** have very similar meanings and may be combined. Alternate translation: “people who had no relationship to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EPH	2	19	abd2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Instead	The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. The previous separation of the Ephesians from God is in contrast to their current status as citizens of the kingdom of God and members of his household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EPH	2	19	r11r	figs-metaphor	ἐστὲ συνπολῖται τῶν ἁγίων καὶ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you are fellow citizens with the saints and members of the household of God	Paul is again speaking of the spiritual condition of Gentiles after they become believers as he would speak about foreigners becoming citizens of a different nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	2	19	r11r	figs-metaphor	ἐστὲ συνπολῖται τῶν ἁγίων καὶ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you are fellow citizens with the saints and members of the household of God	Paul is again speaking of the spiritual condition of Gentiles after they become believers as he would speak about foreigners becoming **citizens** of a different nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	20	r2je	figs-metaphor	ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ	1	You have been built on the foundation	Paul speaks of God’s people as if they were a building. Christ is the cornerstone, the apostles are the **foundation**, and the believers are the structure. Alternate translation: “you depend on the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	20	fs7j	figs-activepassive	ἐποικοδομηθέντες	1	You have been built	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has built you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	2	21	g8ga	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα οἰκοδομὴ συναρμολογουμένη, αὔξει εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον	1	the whole building, being fit together, grows into a holy temple	Paul continues to speak of Christ’s family as if it were a **building**. In the same way that a builder fits stones together while building, so Christ is fitting us together. Alternate translation: “all of us, as we grow together, become a holy group that worships God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	2	21	ljt5	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ…ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	In whom … in the Lord	“In Christ … in the Lord Jesus” These metaphors express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	2	21	ljt5	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ…ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	In whom … in the Lord	These metaphors express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. Alternate translation: “In Christ … in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	22	u55j	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ	1	in whom	You can translate this as “in Christ,” which is a metaphor that expresses the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	22	b4c8	figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε, εἰς κατοικητήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	you also are being built together as a dwelling place for God in the Spirit	This describes how believers are being put together to become a **place** where **God** will permanently live through the power of the Holy **Spirit**. Alternate translation: “you also are being joined to this group where God lives by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	2	22	e52h	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε	1	you also are being built together	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God is also building you together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	3	intro	gha7			0		# Ephesians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “I pray”<br><br>Paul structures part of this chapter as a prayer to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is both praying for and instructing the church in Ephesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mystery<br><br>Paul refers to the church as a “mystery.” The role of the church in the plans of God was once not known. But God has now revealed it. Part of this mystery involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God.
 EPH	3	1	w896			0	Connecting Statement:	To make clear the hidden truth about the church to believers, Paul refers back to the oneness of Jews and Gentiles and how believers from both groups form part of the one group that worships God, like the stones that form one temple.
 EPH	3	1	jb9u	grammar-connect-logic-result	τούτου χάριν	1	For this reason	The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is what Paul talked about in Chapter 2, that Christ showed his grace by removing the division between Jews and Gentiles and making them into one group. The result is that Paul prays for the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EPH	3	1	abd6	figs-explicit	τούτου χάριν	1	For this reason	You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace to you” You may also need to make explicit here what the result is, as in the UST, because Paul does not state the result until 3:14, that he prays for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EPH	3	1	abd6	figs-explicit	τούτου χάριν	1	For this reason	You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “Because of God’s grace to you” You may also need to make explicit here what the result is, as in the UST, because Paul does not state the result until 3:14, that he prays for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	3	1	m9b6		ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	the prisoner of Christ Jesus	Alternate translation: “the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”
 EPH	3	2	rx7t		τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you	Here, **grace** could mean: (1) the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you.” (2) the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
 EPH	3	3	dc7x	figs-activepassive	κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι	1	according to the revelation made known to me	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “according to what God revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -178,13 +178,13 @@ EPH	3	10	ll77	figs-metaphor	ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θε
 EPH	3	11	aaz8		κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων	1	according to the eternal purpose	Alternate translation: “in keeping with the eternal plan” or “consistent with the eternal plan”
 EPH	3	12	qfn9			0	Connecting Statement:	In the next section, Paul praises God in his sufferings and prays for these Ephesian believers.
 EPH	3	12	we6c		ἔχομεν τὴν παρρησίαν	1	we have the boldness	Alternate translation: “we are without fear” or “we have courage”
-EPH	3	12	ab6c	figs-hendiadys	τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ προσαγωγὴν	1	the boldness and access	These two words work together to express one idea: “bold access” or “boldness to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+EPH	3	12	ab6c	figs-hendiadys	τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ προσαγωγὴν	1	the boldness and access	The two words **boldness** and **access**work together to express one idea: “bold access” or “boldness to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 EPH	3	12	zx5c	figs-explicit	προσαγωγὴν ἐν πεποιθήσει	1	access with confidence	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this **access** is into God’s presence. Alternate translation: “access into God’s presence with confidence” or “freedom to enter into God’s presence with confidence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	3	12	kri2		πεποιθήσει	1	confidence	Alternate translation: “certainty” or “assurance”
 EPH	3	13	abd4	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the believers have access to Christ with confidence. The result is that the believers will not be discouraged. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	3	13	ciu6	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν δόξα ὑμῶν	1	for you, which is your glory	Here, **your glory** is a metonym for the salvation and eternal life that the Ephesians will have because of Paul’s work of telling them about Christ, which resulted in his suffering in prison. You can state this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “for you. They bring you a wonderful benefit” or “for you. They result in your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	3	14	abd5	grammar-connect-logic-result	τούτου χάριν	1	For this reason	The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Paul’s sufferings have caused glory for the believers. The result is that Paul prays to the Father. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EPH	3	14	v3gd	figs-explicit	τούτου χάριν	1	For this reason	You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “because God has done all this for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EPH	3	14	v3gd	figs-explicit	τούτου χάριν	1	For this reason	You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “Because God has done all this for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	3	14	vju2	figs-synecdoche	κάμπτω τὰ γόνατά μου πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	I bend my knees to the Father	Bent **knees** are a picture of the whole person in an attitude of prayer. Alternate translation: “I bow down in prayer to the Father” or “I humbly pray to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EPH	3	15	c492	figs-activepassive	ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀνομάζεται	1	from whom every family in heaven and on earth is named	The act of naming here probably also represents the act of creating. Alternate translation: “who created and named every family in heaven and on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	3	16	abd7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Paul’s prayer is that the Ephesian believers would be strengthened by God in their faith and love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -203,22 +203,22 @@ EPH	3	19	rev9		γνῶναί τε τὴν…ἀγάπην τοῦ Χριστο
 EPH	3	19	px4z		ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God	This is the fourth item for which Paul bends his knees and prays ([Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md)). The first is that they would “be strengthened” ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)), the second is that “Christ would live in their hearts through faith” ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)), and the third is that they “could comprehend Christ’s love” ([Ephesians 3:18](../03/18.md)).
 EPH	3	19	ab4z	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God	In this metaphor Paul pictures the Ephesian believers as containers into which **God** can pour himself. Alternate translation: “so God can give you everything that he has to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	3	19	cd4z	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῆτε	1	so that you may be filled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God can fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH	3	19	ef4z	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	with all the fullness of God	The word **fullness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “with everything that God is full of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	3	19	ef4z	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	with all the fullness of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **fullness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “with everything that God is full of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	3	19	abd9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesian believers would know the love of Christ. The result is that they would be filled with the fulness of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	3	20	jk5c	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The words “we” and “us” in this book continue to include Paul and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 EPH	3	20	m7gi			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul concludes his prayer with a blessing.
 EPH	3	20	zxj3		τῷ δὲ	1	And to him	Alternate translation: “Now to God, who”
-EPH	3	20	zxt3		ποιῆσαι ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν	1	to do exceedingly abundantly above all that we ask or think	Alternate translation: “to do much more than all that we ask or think” or “to do things that are much greater than anything that we ask him for or think about”
-EPH	3	21	ab12	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	to him be the glory in the church	The word **glory** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “may God’s people glorify him” or “may God’s people praise him for how great he is” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	3	20	zxt3		ὑπὲρ πάντα, ποιῆσαι ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν	1	to do exceedingly abundantly above all that we ask or think	Alternate translation: “to do much more than all that we ask or think” or “to do things that are much greater than anything that we ask him for or think about”
+EPH	3	21	ab12	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	to him be the glory in the church	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “may God’s people glorify him” or “may God’s people praise him for how great he is” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	intro	ang8			0		# Ephesians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 8, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual gifts<br><br>Spiritual gifts are specific supernatural abilities that the Holy Spirit gives to Christians after they come to believe in Jesus. These spiritual gifts were foundational to developing the church. Paul lists here only some of the spiritual gifts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Unity<br><br>Paul considers it very important that the church is united. This is a major theme of this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Old man and new man<br><br>The term “old man” probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The “new man” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ.
 EPH	4	1	sb64			0	Connecting Statement:	Because of what Paul has been writing to the Ephesians, he tells them how they should live their lives as believers and again emphasizes that believers are to agree with each other.
 EPH	4	1	abda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that God will be glorified in the church for all generations. The result is that believers should walk in a way that is worthy of the Lord. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	4	1	uss5		ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	the prisoner for the Lord	Alternate translation: “someone who is in prison because he serves the Lord”
 EPH	4	1	zxr1	figs-metaphor	ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως	1	to walk worthily of the calling	The phrase **to walk** is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	1	abc5		τῆς κλήσεως ἧς ἐκλήθητε	1	of the calling by which you were called	Here, **the calling** refers to the fact that God chose them to be his people. Alternate translation: “because God chose you to be his people”
-EPH	4	2	zs6s	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος	1	with all humility and gentleness, with patience	The words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	2	zs6s	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος	1	with all humility and gentleness, with patience	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	3	pi5c	figs-metaphor	τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης	1	to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace	Here Paul speaks of **peace** as if it were a **bond** that ties people together. This is a metaphor for being united with other people by living peacefully with them. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	4	3	ab5c	figs-abstractnouns	τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης	1	to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace	The words **unity** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	3	ab5c	figs-abstractnouns	τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης	1	to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **unity** and **peace**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	4	x5kv		ἓν σῶμα	1	There is one body	The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
 EPH	4	4	y6ep		ἓν Πνεῦμα	1	one Spirit	Alternate translation: “only one Holy Spirit”
 EPH	4	4	b9mr	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν	1	you were called in one certain hope of your calling	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God called you to have one confident hope in your calling” or “there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ EPH	4	6	bz5i		Πατὴρ πάντων…ἐπὶ πάντων…διὰ πάν
 EPH	4	7	pp9t			0	General Information:	The quote here is from a song that King David wrote.
 EPH	4	7	i4za			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds believers of the gifts that Christ gives believers to use in the church, which is the whole body of believers.
 EPH	4	7	u2bw	figs-activepassive	ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις	1	to each one of us grace has been given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given grace to each one of us” or “God gave a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH	4	7	abbw	figs-abstractnouns	ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις	1	to each one of us grace has been given	The word **grace** is an abstract noun that refers here to a gift from God. Alternate translation: “God has given a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	7	abbw	figs-abstractnouns	ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις	1	to each one of us grace has been given	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **grace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God has given a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	8	abdb	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that every believer has been given a spiritual gift. The result is that the Scripture says Jesus gave gifts to men. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	4	8	wj8t		ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος	1	When he ascended to the heights	Alternate translation: “When Christ went up into heaven”
 EPH	4	9	e5at		ἀνέβη	1	He ascended	Alternate translation: “Christ went up”
@@ -239,24 +239,24 @@ EPH	4	12	y9gd		εἰς ἔργον διακονίας	1	for the work of serving
 EPH	4	12	n33m	figs-metaphor	εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	for the building up of the body of Christ	Paul is speaking of people who grow spiritually as if they were doing exercises to increase the strength of their physical bodies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	12	pdh4		οἰκοδομὴν	1	the building up	Alternate translation: “the improvement”
 EPH	4	12	x5gd		τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the body of Christ	The **body of Christ** refers to all of the members of Christ’s Church.
-EPH	4	13	w1ik		καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	we all reach to the unity of the faith and the knowledge of the Son of God	The believers need to know Jesus as the Son of God if they are to be united in faith and mature as believers.
-EPH	4	13	er6a	figs-abstractnouns	καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως	1	we all reach to the unity of the faith	The word **unity** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “we all become equally strong in faith” or “we all become united together in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	4	13	ab6a	figs-abstractnouns	καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως	1	we all reach to the unity of the faith	The word **faith** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “become united together as believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	4	13	cd6a	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the knowledge of the Son of God	The word **knowledge** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “all know well the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	4	13	x7k3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+EPH	4	13	w1ik		καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	we all reach to the unity of the faith and the knowledge of the Son of God	The believers need to know Jesus as the **Son of God** if they are to be united in **faith** and mature as believers.
+EPH	4	13	er6a	figs-abstractnouns	καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως	1	we all reach to the unity of the faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **unity**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we all become equally strong in faith” or “we all become united together in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	13	ab6a	figs-abstractnouns	καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως	1	we all reach to the unity of the faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “become united together as believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	13	cd6a	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the knowledge of the Son of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “all know well the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	13	x7k3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 EPH	4	13	m3rt		εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον	1	to a mature man	Alternate translation: “to a mature believer”
 EPH	4	13	gv6m		τέλειον	1	mature	Alternate translation: “fully developed” or “grown up” or “complete”
 EPH	4	14	abdc	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of gifted people in the church is to bring all the believers to spiritual maturity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	4	14	xgi4	figs-metaphor	μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι	1	we may no longer be children	Paul refers to believers who have not grown spiritually as if they were **children** who have had very little experience in life. Alternate translation: “we may no longer be like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	14	ndj2	figs-metaphor	κλυδωνιζόμενοι καὶ περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας	1	tossed back and forth by the waves and carried away by every wind of teaching	Paul speaks of a believer who has not become mature and follows various wrong teachings as if that believer were a boat and the teachings were the **wind** and **waves** that move the boat in different directions on the water. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	4	14	r3bj	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ κυβίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν πανουργίᾳ πρὸς τὴν μεθοδίαν τῆς πλάνης	1	through the trickery of people in cleverness for deceitful scheming	The words **trickery**, **cleverness**, and **scheming** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “by crafty people who trick believers with clever lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	14	r3bj	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ κυβίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν πανουργίᾳ πρὸς τὴν μεθοδίαν τῆς πλάνης	1	through the trickery of people in cleverness for deceitful scheming	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **trickery**, **cleverness**, and **scheming**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by crafty people who trick believers with clever lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	15	abdd	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Instead	The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Following every changing teaching is in contrast to becoming mature in Christ and building up his body. Use a word in your language that indicates contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EPH	4	15	ab88	figs-abstractnouns	ἀληθεύοντες	1	speaking the truth	The word **truth** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “speaking truthfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	4	15	i2ff	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	in love	the word **love** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “as the members love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	15	ab88	figs-abstractnouns	ἀληθεύοντες	1	speaking the truth	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “speaking truthfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	15	i2ff	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	in love	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as the members love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	15	zw32	figs-metaphor	εἰς αὐτὸν…ὅς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή	1	into him who is the head	Paul uses a metaphor of the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the **head** of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow in a healthy way. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	16	ll7f	figs-metaphor	ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα…τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖται	1	from whom the whole body … causes the growth of the body	Paul continues the metaphor of the believers as a human **body** with Christ as the head to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow in a healthy way. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	16	ab7f	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς οἰκοδομὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	for building up itself in love	The word **for** indicates a purpose clause. The purpose of all of the believers working together in harmony, as the members of a human body do, is so that all believers will grow in our ability to love each other and to love God. Use a word in your language that marks this as a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-EPH	4	16	abff	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	in love	The word **love** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “as the members love one another” or “to be able to love each other more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	16	abff	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	in love	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as the members love one another” or “to be able to love each other more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	16	l5r6	figs-metaphor	διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας	1	by every supporting ligament	Paul continues the metaphor comparing the believers to a human body. A **ligament** is a strong band that connects bones or holds organs in place in the body. Just as the body is held together by strong ligaments, so the believers are held together by love that grows stronger as the body parts grow and work together. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	17	n5cy			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they, as believers, are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God.
 EPH	4	17	abde	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ wants every believer to become spiritually mature and to serve the other believers. The result is that the Ephesian believers should no longer act as the Gentiles act. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -276,17 +276,17 @@ EPH	4	20	e5vk		ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χ
 EPH	4	20	abdh	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The sinful way the Gentiles live is in contrast to the way that Paul taught the Ephesians to live according to the truth of Jesus. Use a connecting word in your language that marks a contrast here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	4	21	hy7r	figs-irony	εἴ γε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε	1	if indeed you have heard about him and were taught in him	Paul knows that the people to whom he is writing have **heard** and been **taught** these things. He is using irony as a form of rebuke—if they are doing things contrary to the way of Christ, they know better than that and need to stop. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 EPH	4	21	b3pn	figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε	1	were taught in him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) they received instruction in his ways. (2) Jesus’ people have taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH	4	21	gdz6		καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	as the truth is in Jesus	“as Jesus teaches us the true way to live” or “as everything about Jesus is true.” See the UST.
+EPH	4	21	gdz6		καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	as the truth is in Jesus	See the UST. Alternate translation: “as Jesus teaches us the true way to live” or “as everything about Jesus is true”
 EPH	4	22	h1ha	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν	1	You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life	Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “You must stop living according to your former manner of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	22	j7n7	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life, the old man	Paul is speaking of a way of living as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “You must stop doing the things that your former self did” or “Stop doing the things that you used to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	22	d3j6	figs-metaphor	τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	the old man	The **old man** refers to the “old nature” or “former self,” the way that the person was before the person became a believer in Christ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	22	qw3d	figs-metaphor	τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης	1	that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires	Paul is continuing to speak of a sinful way of living as if it were a person who does evil things. Alternate translation: “when you fooled yourself into thinking that it was good to do whatever evil thing that you wanted to do” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	23	jy7h	figs-activepassive	ἀνανεοῦσθαι…τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν	1	to be renewed in the spirit of your minds	This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts” or “to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH	4	24	x41y	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας	1	in righteousness and holiness of the truth	The words **righteousness**, **holiness**, and **truth** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “truly righteous and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	24	x41y	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας	1	in righteousness and holiness of the truth	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **righteousness**, **holiness**, and **truth**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “truly righteous and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	24	abc7	figs-metaphor	ἐνδύσασθαι τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	to put on the new man	Paul continues to speak of a way of living as if it were a person, and also as if it were clothing, so that one could **put on** the **new** person like a robe. Alternate translation: “be the new person” or “start living in the new way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	25	abdi	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that God has created the believers as new, holy people. The result is that they would stop acting immorally like they used to live. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	4	25	abn8	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέμενοι τὸ ψεῦδος	1	putting aside lying	Paul speaks of telling lies as if they were objects that the believers could set aside. Alternate translation: “no longer telling lies” or “instead of telling lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	4	25	ab23	figs-abstractnouns	λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος	1	let each of you speak truth	The word **truth** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “each of you should speak truthfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	25	ab23	figs-abstractnouns	λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος	1	let each of you speak truth	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “each of you should speak truthfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	25	abdj	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	because	The connecting word **because** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that believers are members of the same body of Christ. The result is that believers should speak the truth to each other. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	4	25	zh2g	figs-metaphor	ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη	1	we are members of one another	Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with each other as if they were each part of one single body. Alternate translation: “we belong to one another” or “we are all members of God’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	26	w8rw		ὀργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε	1	Be angry and do not sin	Alternate translation: “You may get angry, but do not sin” or “If you become angry, do not sin”
@@ -299,21 +299,21 @@ EPH	4	29	abdm	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	but	The connecting wor
 EPH	4	29	p9wc		πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν	1	for building up	Alternate translation: “for encouraging” or “for strengthening”
 EPH	4	29	abdn	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of speaking things that build up others is to give grace to those who hear the words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	4	29	bv8a		τῆς χρείας, ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν	1	the one in need, so that it might give grace to the hearers	Alternate translation: “the needy. In this way you will help those who hear you”
-EPH	4	29	ab8a	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν	1	so that it might give grace to the hearers	The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “so that those who hear you may be spiritually encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	29	ab8a	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν	1	so that it might give grace to the hearers	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **grace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “so that those who hear you may be spiritually encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	30	air6		μὴ λυπεῖτε	1	do not grieve	Alternate translation: “do not distress” or “do not upset”
 EPH	4	30	pgk9	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως	1	by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption	The Holy Spirit assures believers that God will redeem them. Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a mark that God puts on believers to show that he owns them. Alternate translation: “for he is the seal that assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption” or “for he is the one who assures you that God will redeem you on the day of redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	30	abck	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως	1	by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for he has sealed you for the day of redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	4	31	b72p			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes his instructions on what believers should not do and ends with what they must do.
 EPH	4	31	v576	figs-metaphor	ἀρθήτω	1	Let … be removed	Paul speaks of attitudes and behaviors as though they were physical objects that can be removed. Alternate translation: “you must not allow … to be part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	4	31	t1gj	figs-abstractnouns	πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ ὀργὴ	1	bitterness, and rage, and anger	These are abstract nouns that can be expressed as adjectives. Alternate translation: “being bitter, and intensely angry, and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	4	31	abgj	figs-abstractnouns	κακίᾳ	1	malice	The word **malice** is an abstract noun that can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “being malicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	31	t1gj	figs-abstractnouns	πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ ὀργὴ	1	bitterness, and rage, and anger	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **bitterness**, **rage**, and **anger**, you could express the same ideas as adjectives. Alternate translation: “being bitter, and intensely angry, and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	31	abgj	figs-abstractnouns	κακίᾳ	1	malice	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **malice**, you could express the same idea as an adjective. Alternate translation: “being malicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	32	abdo	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Instead	The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Speaking angry and hurtful things is in contrast to speaking kind and tender things to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	4	32	w7tk		εὔσπλαγχνοι	1	tenderhearted	Alternate translation: “gentle and compassionate towards others”
 EPH	5	intro	tdd2			0		# Ephesians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br><br>Some scholars believe that those who continue to practice the things listed in 5:5 will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. Immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. God will be the one who decides this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wives, submit to your husbands<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe that men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe that God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they interpret this issue affect how they translate this passage.
 EPH	5	1	wus5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God’s children.
 EPH	5	1	jx2q		γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Therefore, be imitators of God	The word **imitators** is a verbal noun, and can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “Therefore, imitate God” or “Therefore you should do what God does.”
 EPH	5	1	abdp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason (stated in [Ephesians 4:32](../04/32.md)) is that God has forgiven us through Christ. The result (stated here) is that believers should imitate what God is like. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EPH	5	1	zen5	figs-simile	ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά	1	as beloved children	God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his spiritual children. Alternate translation: “as dearly loved children imitate their fathers” or “because you are his children and he loves you dearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+EPH	5	1	zen5	figs-simile	ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά	1	as beloved children	God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his spiritual **children**. Alternate translation: “as dearly loved children imitate their fathers” or “because you are his children and he loves you dearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EPH	5	2	ta41	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	walk in love	To **walk** is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. Alternate translation: “live a life of love” or “always love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	2	bak1	figs-metaphor	προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ Θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας	1	an offering and sacrifice to God for a fragrant aroma	This metaphor compares Christ dying on the cross for our sins with an Old Testament **sacrifice** for sin, which were roasted in a fire and gave off a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “like a sweet-smelling offering and sacrifice to God” or “an offering and sacrifice to God that pleased God very much” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	3	le5f	figs-activepassive	πορνεία δὲ, καὶ ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα, ἢ πλεονεξία, μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν	1	But sexual immorality and every impurity or greed must not even be named among you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. “Do not do anything that would let anyone think that you are guilty of sexual immorality or any kind of impurity or greed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ EPH	5	5	abc6	figs-metaphor	ἀκάθαρτος	1	unclean	Here being **unclean**
 EPH	5	5	vb16	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχει κληρονομίαν	1	has no inheritance	Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “will receive nothing” or “has no part” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	6	px7p		κενοῖς λόγοις	1	with empty words	Alternate translation: “with words that have no truth in them” or “by speaking words that are not true”
 EPH	5	6	abds	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	for	The connecting word **for** introduces a reason-result relationship. The result is stated first: that the Ephesian believers should not let anyone deceive them with empty words. Then the reason is stated: that the wrath of God will judge those things. Use a phrase that connects a reason to a result, and put them in the order that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EPH	5	6	ab16	figs-abstractnouns	ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ	1	the wrath of God is coming upon	The word **wrath** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	5	6	ab16	figs-abstractnouns	ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ	1	the wrath of God is coming upon	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wrath**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	5	6	ab73	figs-idiom	τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας	1	the sons of disobedience	This is an idiom that means, “people who habitually disobey” or “people who are characterized by disobedience” Alternate translation: “those who disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EPH	5	7	abdt	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that God will judge those people in his wrath. The result is that the Ephesian believers should not become partners with evil men. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	5	8	wy9d	figs-metaphor	ἦτε γάρ ποτε σκότος	1	because formerly you were darkness	Just as one cannot see in the dark, so people who love to sin cannot see or understand the things of God. Alternate translation: “because formerly you did not understand anything about God” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -362,16 +362,16 @@ EPH	5	17	abe4	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Because of this
 EPH	5	17	abe5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	but	The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Being foolish is in contrast to understanding God’s will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	5	18	tz9e			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul ends his instructions on how all believers should live.
 EPH	5	18	scp1		καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ	1	And do not get drunk with wine	Alternate translation: “You should not get drunk from drinking wine”
-EPH	5	18	cd33	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία	1	in which is recklessness	The word **recklessness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “which leads to reckless behavior” or “because that will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	5	18	cd33	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία	1	in which is recklessness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **recklessness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “which leads to reckless behavior” or “because that will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	5	18	lgw3		ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι	1	Instead, be filled with the Spirit	Alternate translation: “Instead, you should be controlled by the Holy Spirit”
 EPH	5	18	abe6	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Instead	The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Being drunk is in contrast to being filled with the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	5	19	egk6	figs-merism	ψαλμοῖς, καὶ ὕμνοις, καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	psalms and hymns and spiritual songs	This could mean: (1) Paul is using these words as a merism for “all sorts of songs to praise God” (2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-EPH	5	19	n5jj		ψαλμοῖς	1	psalms	These are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
-EPH	5	19	g5ss		ὕμνοις	1	hymns	These are songs of praise and worship that may have been written specifically for Christians to sing.
+EPH	5	19	n5jj		ψαλμοῖς	1	psalms	These **psalms** are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
+EPH	5	19	g5ss		ὕμνοις	1	hymns	These **hymns** are songs of praise and worship that may have been written specifically for Christians to sing.
 EPH	5	19	v9ay	figs-doublet	ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς	1	spiritual songs	This could mean: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EPH	5	19	v3ql	figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	in your heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. This could mean: (1) they should do this with true motives and sincerity. Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” (2) they should do this with enthusiasm: Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	5	20	e6w5	figs-metaphor	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” (2) the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	5	20	abw5		τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί	1	to God, even the Father	Alternate translation: “to God, who is our father”
+EPH	5	20	abw5		τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί	1	to God, even the Father	Alternate translation: “to God, who is our Father”
 EPH	5	22	isd7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
 EPH	5	23	abe7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the husband is head of the wife in the same way Christ is head of the church. The result is that wives should submit to their husbands. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	5	23	x637	figs-metaphor	κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικὸς…κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	the head of the wife … the head of the church	The word **head** here represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -389,14 +389,14 @@ EPH	5	27	abcm	figs-doublet	μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα
 EPH	5	27	abeb	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	but	The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. The church having stains and wrinkles of sin is in contrast to the church being holy and blameless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	5	27	abec	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	2	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ washing the church is to make the church holy and blameless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	5	27	jvi4	figs-doublet	ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος	1	holy and blameless	Here, **blameless** means basically the same thing as **holy**. Paul uses the two together to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you can use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EPH	5	28	wp8b	figs-explicit	ὡς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα	1	as their own bodies	You can state explicitly that people love **their own bodies**. Alternate translation: “as husbands love their own bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EPH	5	28	wp8b	figs-explicit	ὡς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα	1	as their own bodies	You can state explicitly that people love **{their} own bodies**. Alternate translation: “as husbands love their own bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	5	29	h5aa		ἀλλὰ ἐκτρέφει	1	but he nourishes	Alternate translation: “but he feeds”
 EPH	5	29	abed	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	but	The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Hating one’s own body is in contrast to caring for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	5	30	abee	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	because	The connecting word **because** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the church is Christ’s body. The result is that Christ cares for the church. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	5	30	h44f	figs-metaphor	μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ	1	we are members of his body	Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with Christ as if they were part of his own **body**, for which he would naturally care. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	31	yp23			0	General Information:	The quotation is from the writings of Moses in the Old Testament.
-EPH	5	31	yp24			0	General Information:	The words **his** and **himself** refer to a male believer who marries.
-EPH	5	31	abef	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀντὶ τούτου	1	For this reason	The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces the result of a reason-result relationship. In this case, this phrase is part of a quotation from Genesis 2:24 and so the reason is not stated here, but it is stated in Genesis 2:23 that woman was created out of man. The result is that a man will leave his father and mother and be joined to his wife. If it is confusing to not state the reason, you could include a footnote that says, “the reason for this is that woman was created out of man. See Genesis 2:23” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+EPH	5	31	yp24			0	General Information:	The word **{his}** refers to a male believer who marries.
+EPH	5	31	abef	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀντὶ τούτου	1	For this reason	The connecting phrase **Because of this** introduces the result of a reason-result relationship. In this case, this phrase is part of a quotation from Genesis 2:24 and so the reason is not stated here, but it is stated in Genesis 2:23 that woman was created out of man. The result is that a man will leave his father and mother and be joined to his wife. If it is confusing to not state the reason, you could include a footnote that says, “the reason for this is that woman was created out of man. See Genesis 2:23” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	6	intro	r7c3			0		# Ephesians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about working to please God whether as a slave or as a master. What Paul teaches here about slavery would have been surprising. In his time, masters were not expected to treat their slaves with respect and not threaten them.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Armor of God<br><br>This extended metaphor describes how Christians can protect themselves when spiritually attacked. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	1	wq46	figs-you		0	General Information:	The command in verse one is plural. Then in verses two and three Paul quotes from the law of Moses. Moses was talking to the people of Israel as though they were one person, so **your** and **you** are singular there. If that does not make sense, you may need to translate them as plurals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EPH	6	1	jf17			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to each other. He gives instructions to children, fathers, workers, and masters.
@@ -405,12 +405,12 @@ EPH	6	1	abeg	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	for	The connecting word **for
 EPH	6	3	abeh	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of obeying your father and mother is to live well and long on the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	6	4	bb7g		μὴ παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν	1	do not provoke your children to anger	Alternate translation: “do not make your children angry” or “do not cause your children to be angry”
 EPH	6	4	abei	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Instead	The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Fathers provoking their children to anger is in contrast to raising their children in discipline and instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EPH	6	4	ytg5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ Κυρίου	1	raise them in the discipline and instruction of the Lord	The abstract nouns **discipline** and **instruction** can be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “teach them to become adults by making sure that they know and do what the Lord wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	4	ytg5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ Κυρίου	1	raise them in the discipline and instruction of the Lord	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **discipline** and **instruction**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “teach them to become adults by making sure that they know and do what the Lord wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	5	s1pq	figs-doublet	φόβου καὶ τρόμου	1	fear and trembling	The phrase **fear and trembling** uses two similar ideas to emphasize the importance of honoring their masters. Alternate translation: “with deep respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EPH	6	5	z6xx	figs-hyperbole	καὶ τρόμου	1	and trembling	Here, **trembling** is an exaggeration used to emphasize how important it is that slaves obey their masters. Alternate translation: “and deep respect” or “as though you were shaking with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 EPH	6	5	pd6z	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἁπλότητι τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	in honesty of your heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or intentions. Alternate translation: “with honesty” or “with sincerity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EPH	6	5	ab6z	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁπλότητι	1	in honesty	The word **honesty** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “honestly” or “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	6	5	cd6z	figs-explicit	ὡς τῷ Χριστῷ	1	as to Christ	To make this clear, you may want to include the verb here: “as you obey Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EPH	6	5	ab6z	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁπλότητι	1	in honesty	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honesty**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honestly” or “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	5	cd6z	figs-explicit	ὡς τῷ Χριστῷ	1	as to Christ	To make the meaning of this phrase clear, you may want to include the verb here: “as you obey Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	6	6	abej	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	but	The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Obeying our masters as men-pleasers is in contrast to obeying them because we are slaves of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	6	6	l9ve		ὡς δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ	1	as slaves of Christ	Alternate translation: “as though your earthly master were Christ himself”
 EPH	6	6	u5fn	figs-metonymy	ἐκ ψυχῆς	1	from the soul	Here, **soul** is a metonym for “attitudes” or “intentions.” Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “enthusiastically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -418,36 +418,36 @@ EPH	6	9	i85s	figs-explicit	τὰ αὐτὰ ποιεῖτε πρὸς αὐτο
 EPH	6	9	wii4		εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμῶν ὁ Κύριός ἐστιν ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	You know that the Master, both theirs and yours, is in heaven	Alternate translation: “You know that Christ is the Master of both slaves and their masters, and that he is in heaven”
 EPH	6	9	r9ue		προσωπολημψία οὐκ ἔστιν παρ’ αὐτῷ	1	there is no favoritism with him	Alternate translation: “he judges everyone the same way”
 EPH	6	10	t5th			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul gives instructions to make believers strong in this battle we are in for God.
-EPH	6	10	e4mg	figs-doublet	τῷ κράτει τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1	the force of his strength	These two words are very similar in meaning. Together, they reinforce each other. Alternate translation: “his great power” See how you translated this phrase near the end of [Ephesians 1:19](../01/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+EPH	6	10	e4mg	figs-doublet	τῷ κράτει τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1	the force of his strength	These two words are very similar in meaning. Together, they reinforce each other. See how you translated this phrase near the end of [Ephesians 1:19](../01/19.md) Alternate translation: “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EPH	6	11	n8x8	figs-metaphor	ἐνδύσασθε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς στῆναι πρὸς τὰς μεθοδίας τοῦ διαβόλου	1	Put on the whole armor of God, to enable you to stand against the scheming of the devil	In this metaphor, Paul pictures the spiritual resources that **God** gives to all Christians as a soldier’s **armor**. Alternate translation: “Just as a soldier puts on armor to protect himself from enemy attacks, use all of God’s resources to stand firmly against the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	11	ra3y		τὰς μεθοδίας	1	the scheming	Alternate translation: “the tricky plans”
 EPH	6	12	abek	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that we are in a struggle against spiritual forces of darkness. The result is that we should put on the whole armor of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EPH	6	12	d7be	figs-synecdoche	αἷμα καὶ σάρκα	1	blood and flesh	This expression refers to people, not spirits who do not have human bodies. Alternate translation: “human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+EPH	6	12	d7be	figs-synecdoche	αἷμα καὶ σάρκα	1	blood and flesh	This expression refers to people, not to spirits who do not have human bodies. Alternate translation: “human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EPH	6	12	abel	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	but	The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. People made of flesh and blood are in contrast to spiritual forces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	6	12	ftu4	figs-explicit	πρὸς τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας	1	against the world-controllers	Here it is implied that **the world-controllers** refers to powerful spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “against the powerful spiritual beings that rule over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	6	12	abcn	figs-metaphor	τοῦ σκότους τούτου	1	of this darkness	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for things that are evil. Alternate translation: “during this present evil time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	13	jrn9	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦτο, ἀναλάβετε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Because of this, put on the whole armor of God	Christians should use the protective resources **God** gives them in fighting the devil in the same way that a soldier puts on **armor** to protect himself against his enemies. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	13	abem	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Because of this	The connecting phrase **Because of this** introduces the result of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that we are in a battle against evil spiritual forces. The result is that we should put on the whole armor of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	6	13	cy9h	figs-metaphor	ἵνα δυνηθῆτε ἀντιστῆναι ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	so that you may be able to withstand in the evil day	The word **withstand** means to successfully resist something. Alternate translation: “so that you may be able to resist when evil attacks you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	6	13	ab9h	figs-explicit	ἵνα δυνηθῆτε ἀντιστῆναι	1	so that you may be able to withstand	It may be helpful to state explicitly what believers are to withstand. Alternate translation: “so that you may be able to withstand the attacks of the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EPH	6	13	ab9h	figs-explicit	ἵνα δυνηθῆτε ἀντιστῆναι	1	so that you may be able to withstand	It may be helpful to state explicitly what believers are to **withstand**. Alternate translation: “so that you may be able to withstand the attacks of the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EPH	6	13	aben	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of putting on the whole armor of God is to be able to withstand the attacks of the spiritual forces of darkness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	6	14	r5m7	figs-metaphor	στῆτε οὖν	1	Stand, therefore	Here the word **Stand** represents taking a position on what is right and true and successfully resisting forces that try to make the believer compromise that position. See how you translated “stand firm” in [Ephesians 6:13](../06/13.md). “So resist evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	14	abex	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	therefore	The connecting word **therefore** introduces the result of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that we believers have put on our spiritual armor. The result is that we will stand and resist the evil spiritual forces. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	6	14	lbd4	figs-metaphor	περιζωσάμενοι τὴν ὀσφὺν ὑμῶν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	having girded up your loins with the truth	In this metaphor, **truth** is compared to a soldier’s belt. Truth holds everything together for a believer just as a belt holds the clothing of a soldier together. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	6	14	abq4	figs-abstractnouns	ἀληθείᾳ	1	the truth	The word **truth** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	14	abq4	figs-abstractnouns	ἀληθείᾳ	1	the truth	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	14	abca	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν θώρακα τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	having put on the breastplate of righteousness	In this metaphor, **righteousness** is compared to a soldier’s **breastplate**. Just as soldiers put on a breastplate to protect themselves from enemy attacks, believers should behave in a righteous way to protect themselves from spiritual attacks. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	6	14	cdca	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνης	1	of righteousness	The word **righteousness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “the right way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	14	cdca	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνης	1	of righteousness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the right way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	15	f6w1	figs-metaphor	ὑποδησάμενοι τοὺς πόδας ἐν ἑτοιμασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς εἰρήνης	1	having shod your feet with the readiness of the gospel of peace	In this metaphor, **the gospel of peace** is compared to a soldier’s sandals. Just as a soldier wears sturdy footwear to give him solid footing and enable him to march long distances, the believer must have solid knowledge of the gospel of peace and be ready to go where the Lord sends him to proclaim it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	6	15	abw1	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνης	1	of peace	The word **peace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “that makes everything good between people and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	15	abw1	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνης	1	of peace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “that makes everything good between people and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	16	n65c	figs-metaphor	ἐν πᾶσιν ἀναλαβόντες τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως	1	In everything take up the shield of the faith	In this metaphor, faith is compared to a soldier’s **shield**. Just as a soldier uses a shield to protect himself from enemy attacks, the believer must use the **faith** that God gives for protection when the devil attacks. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	6	16	ab5d	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως	1	of the faith	The word **faith** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “that represents how much you trust in the Lord” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	16	ab5d	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως	1	of the faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “that represents how much you trust in the Lord” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	16	djl5	figs-metaphor	τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ πεπυρωμένα	1	the flaming arrows of the evil one	The attacks of the devil against a believer are like **flaming arrows** shot at a soldier by an enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	17	g2kw	figs-metaphor	τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε	1	Take the helmet of salvation	The **salvation** that God gives protects the believer’s mind just as a **helmet** protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	6	17	abkw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ σωτηρίου	1	of salvation	The word **salvation** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	17	abkw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ σωτηρίου	1	of salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	17	c191	figs-metaphor	τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God	In this metaphor, God’s message is compared to a soldier’s **sword**. Just as soldiers use a sword to fight and defeat their enemy, so a believer can use God’s message in the Bible to fight against the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	18	mu4w		διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit	Alternate translation: “Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests”
-EPH	6	18	g1i7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς αὐτὸ	1	to this end	The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-EPH	6	18	i5hm	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων	1	be watchful with all perseverance and requests for all the saints	The word **perseverance** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “persevere in being alert, and pray for all God’s holy people” or “pray with constant alertness for all the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	18	g1i7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς αὐτὸ	1	to this end	The connecting phrase **to this {end}** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EPH	6	18	i5hm	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων	1	be watchful with all perseverance and requests for all the saints	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **perseverance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “persevere in being alert, and pray for all God’s holy people” or “pray with constant alertness for all the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	19	rm1h			0	Connecting Statement:	In closing this letter, Paul asks his readers to pray for his boldness in telling the gospel while he is in prison and he says that he is sending Tychicus to comfort them.
 EPH	6	19	j135	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μοι δοθῇ λόγος	1	so that a message might be given to me	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God might give me the word” or “God might give me the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	6	19	abeo	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of the believers praying for Paul is to enable him to preach the gospel boldly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -457,14 +457,14 @@ EPH	6	20	pmm2	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ παρρησιάσωμαι,
 EPH	6	20	abep	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of the believers praying for Paul is to enable him to preach the gospel boldly even though he is in chains. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	6	20	cdep	figs-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	in it	Here, **it** refers back to the “message” in verse 19 that Paul wants to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat the word “message” here. Alternate translation: “in my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 EPH	6	21	aber	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Paul sending Tychicus to Ephesus was to tell the Ephesian believers what was happening to Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-EPH	6	21	cxs9	translate-names	Τυχικὸς	1	Tychicus	Tychicus was one of several men who served with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EPH	6	21	cxs9	translate-names	Τυχικὸς	1	Tychicus	**Tychicus** was one of several men who served with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EPH	6	21	abc2	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφὸς	1	brother	Paul speaks of Tychicus as if he were a **brother** to all the other believers who were in God’s spiritual family. Alternate translation: “fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	22	nv5m	figs-metonymy	παρακαλέσῃ τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	your hearts may be encouraged	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s inner beings. Alternate translation: “he may encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	6	22	abes	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Paul sending Tychicus to the Ephesians is to encourage their hearts and to let them know what was happening to Paul and his companions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	6	23	j395			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul closes his letter to the Ephesian believers with a blessing of peace and grace on all believers who love Christ.
-EPH	6	23	ab33	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνη τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	Peace to the brothers	**Peace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “May the brothers have a peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	23	ab33	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνη τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	Peace to the brothers	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **Peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “May the brothers have a peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	23	abc3	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	to the brothers	Paul speaks of the other believers as if they were **brothers** to all of the other believers who were in God’s spiritual family. Alternate translation: “to the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	6	23	ab44	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγάπη	1	love	The word **love** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “may you love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	6	23	ab55	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πίστεως	1	with faith	The word **faith** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “as you trust in the Lord” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	6	24	cd55	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις μετὰ	1	Grace be with	The word **Grace** is an abstract noun that can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: “May God act graciously to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EPH	6	24	ef55	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ	1	with incorruptability	The word **incorruptibility** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “in a way that no one is able to corrupt” or “so much that no one can make them stop loving him” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	23	ab44	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγάπη	1	love	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “may you love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	23	ab55	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πίστεως	1	with faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as you trust in the Lord” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	24	cd55	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις μετὰ	1	Grace be with	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **Grace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “May God act graciously to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	24	ef55	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ	1	with incorruptability	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **incorruptibility**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in a way that no one is able to corrupt” or “so much that no one can make them stop loving him” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

en_tn_51-PHP.tsv

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ PHP	1	1	bzfs		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Paul and Timothy	Alternate tran
 PHP	1	2	uuep	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace to you and peace	This is a greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 PHP	1	2	pyji	figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1		Here, **you** refers to the Philippian Christians and is plural in form in the original language in which Paul wrote. Throughout this letter, with one exception, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Philippian Christians. If your language uses different forms to show when “you” and “your” refer to one person and when they refer to more than one person, use the plural form that would be appropriate in your language in this occurrence and all other occurrences of “you” and “your” in this letter, except for in [4:3](../04/03.md). A note will discuss the one exception in [4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	1	2	yh4s	figs-exclusive	Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1		If your language has different forms for including or excluding the hearers, use the inclusive form for **our** here and throughout the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-PHP	1	3	ntp5		ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν	1	in all my remembrance of you	Here, **in all my remembrance of you** could refer to: (1) each time that Paul thought about the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “each time that I think about you” (2) each time that Paul prayed for the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “every time that I pray for you”
+PHP	1	3	ntp5		ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν	1	in all my remembrance of you	Here, **in all {my} remembrance of you** could refer to: (1) each time that Paul thought about the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “each time that I think about you” (2) each time that Paul prayed for the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “every time that I pray for you”
 PHP	1	3	gjyv	figs-possession	τῷ Θεῷ μου	1		Use of the words **my God** does not mean that God belongs to Paul, but that Paul belongs to God. That is, God is the one whom Paul worships exclusively. Alternate translation: “the one who is God to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 PHP	1	3	w8dz	figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated the word **you** in [1:2](../01/02.md). In this letter, every use of the words **you** and **your** is plural and refers to the Philippian believers, except for one use in [4:3](../04/03.md), which has a note to discuss it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	1	5	bca2		ἐπὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν	1		Here, **because** could refer to: (1) the reason that Paul gives thanks to God. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God because of your partnership in the gospel from the first day until now” (2) the reason for Paul’s joy.
@@ -16,31 +16,31 @@ PHP	1	5	vi1r	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας	1		The ph
 PHP	1	5	d8hi	figs-explicit	ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν	1		The phrase **until now** does not mean that the Philippian believers have now stopped partnering with Paul. Rather, it means that they are still partnering with Paul. Alternate translation: “that we are still sharing now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	s1l8	figs-explicit	πεποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο	1	having been persuaded	The phrase **having been persuaded** indicates a reason that Paul thanks God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I thank God because I am confident of this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	jf4x	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, ἐπιτελέσει	1	the one having begun	Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun a good work in you, will perfect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	6	u80a	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν	1		The phrase **good work in you** refers to both the initial conversion of the Philippian Christians and to God’s ongoing work in their lives through the Holy Spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun his good work in you through your conversion and continuing it through the work of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	6	u80a	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν	1		The phrase **a good work in you** refers to both the initial conversion of the Philippian Christians and to God’s ongoing work in their lives through the Holy Spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun his good work in you through your conversion and continuing it through the work of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	qhmh		ὑμῖν	1		See how you translated the word **you** in [Philippians 1:2](../01/02.md).
-PHP	1	6	p2a5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτελέσει	1		Here, **will perfect it** means that God would bring to completion the work which he began in the lives of the Philippian believers at their conversion and which he was continuing to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	6	p5pu	figs-explicit	ἡμέρας Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		The phrase **the day of Jesus Christ** refers to the time in the future when Jesus Christ will return to judge the world and save those who believe in him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	7	sowf	figs-idiom	τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς	1	I have you in my heart	The phrase, **I have you in my heart** is an idiom which expresses strong affection. If you have an equivalent expression which adequately communicates the meaning, you may use it here. If not, you could state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+PHP	1	6	p2a5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτελέσει	1		Here, **will perfect {it}** means that God would bring to completion the work which he began in the lives of the Philippian believers at their conversion and which he was continuing to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	6	p5pu	figs-explicit	ἡμέρας Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		The phrase **{the} day of Jesus Christ** refers to the time in the future when Jesus Christ will return to judge the world and save those who believe in him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	7	sowf	figs-idiom	τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς	1	I have you in my heart	The phrase, **I have you in {my} heart** is an idiom which expresses strong affection. If you have an equivalent expression which adequately communicates the meaning, you may use it here. If not, you could state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	1	7	jn2s		συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος…ὄντας	1	being partakers with me of grace	Alternate translation: “sharing in grace with me”
 PHP	1	7	df00	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτος	1		Here, **grace** refers to the way that God kindly gives us good things that we do not deserve. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with a verb or adjective. In this context, Paul considers both his imprisonment and his ministry of defending and confirming the gospel to be gifts from God. Alternate translation: “of God’s gracious gift” or “in experiencing how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	7	o7ef	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul refers to his imprisonment in Rome by using the phrase **my chains**. Paul was chained to a guard and the Philippian Christians would have understood that Paul was referring to his imprisonment when he used the phrase **my chains** because of the close association between **chains** and being in prison. If this association is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	7	wey7	figs-doublet	καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ βεβαιώσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		The words translated **defense** and **confirmation** could be used to refer to defending and confirming in a court of law the truth of something against which a charge was made. These two words mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that this is hard work. If your language has one word for these ideas, use that here and add emphasis another way. If there is a word or phrase that could be used with this legal sense but could also be used in the context of defending the gospel, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and as I contend for the truth of the gospel” or “and as I labor to show people that the gospel is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	8	xun1	figs-idiom	ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	The Greek word translated as **inner parts** is a term which refers to body organs, particularly to the intestines, liver, lungs, and heart. Paul is using **inner parts** to refer to love or affection. You can use the body part that represents the seat of affection in your language, or translate the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “with the heart of Christ Jesus” or “with the affection of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-PHP	1	8	bo0r		ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	Here, **the inner parts of Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) the same kind of love as Christ Jesus gives to people. (2) love that originates with Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “with love that comes from Christ Jesus”
+PHP	1	8	bo0r		ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	Here, **{the} inner parts of Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) the same kind of love as Christ Jesus gives to people. (2) love that originates with Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “with love that comes from Christ Jesus”
 PHP	1	9	jlyu	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with the verb form. Alternate translation: “that you will be able to love others more and more abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	9	f4q5		ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated the word **your** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
 PHP	1	9	tbtt	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and **understanding** with verb phrases. Alternate translation: “and that God will enable you to see the truth about Him and teach you to love wisely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	1	10	e17g	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα	1		The word **what** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	10	e17g	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα	1		The word **{what}** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	10	ybw6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς	1		Here, the phrase **so that** shows that what follows this phrase is the desired result of Paul’s prayer in verse nine. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the desired result of what Paul prayed in verse nine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	10	siv8	figs-doublet	εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι	1	pure and blameless	The words **pure** and **blameless** have very similar meanings. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the idea of moral purity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words and translate them as one idea. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν	1		Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **the fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν	1		Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **{the} fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	t3w4	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένοι	1		The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	11	yq99	figs-metaphor	τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **through Christ Jesus** is a metaphor meaning that Christ Jesus is the one who makes it possible for a person to be righteous and thus to do the things that a righteous person does. Alternate translation: “that Christ Jesus produces in you” or “that Christ Jesus enables you to produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	jwgb	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **glory** and **praise** with verbs. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to glorify and praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	11	mfs6	figs-doublet	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		The words **glory** and **praise** mean very similar things here. They are used together to emphasize how much people will praise God. If you have one word for this in your language, you could use it here and show emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to greatly praise God” or “which will cause people to declare how great God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	12	tu2t	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	1	12	ygt3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	1	12	zy4g	figs-explicit	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ	1	the things concerning me	The phrase **the things concerning me** refers to Paul’s imprisonment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things I have suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	12	zy4g	figs-explicit	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ	1	the things concerning me	The phrase **the {things} concerning me** refers to Paul’s imprisonment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things I have suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	12	q288	figs-metaphor	μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν	1	have really happened for the advancement of the gospel	The phrase **advancement of the gospel** refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	13	wi6n	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	my chains in Christ became apparent among the whole palace guard and all the others	Here, the phrase **As a result** shows that what follows this phrase is the result of Paul’s circumstances which he began discussing in verse 12, namely, his imprisonment. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the result of Paul’s imprisonment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	13	h1ly	figs-metonymy	δεσμούς μου	1	my chains in Christ became apparent	Paul again refers to his imprisonment in a figurative way by using the phrase **my chains**. See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ PHP	1	20	ysty	figs-doublenegatives	ἐν οὐδενὶ αἰσχυνθήσομ
 PHP	1	20	ch6v	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ	1	whether through life or through death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with a similar adverb. Alternate translation: “always act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	20	y78k	figs-abstractnouns	εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου	1	whether through life or through death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **life** and **death** with their verbal forms. Alternate translation: “whether I live or I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	21	n3jd	figs-abstractnouns	κέρδος	1	to die is gain	If the abstract noun **gain** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “to die is to go to Christ” or “to die would give me more blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	1	22	a21c	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκί	1	Now if to live in the flesh	Here Paul is using the word **flesh** to refer to his entire body. The phrase **in the flesh** then refers to living as physical beings. If this would be confusing in your language, consider using a different word or phrase that refers to this present physical life. Alternate translation: “on this earth” or “in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+PHP	1	22	a21c	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκί	1	Now if to live in the flesh	Here Paul is using the word **flesh** to refer to his entire body. The phrase **in {the} flesh** then refers to living as physical beings. If this would be confusing in your language, consider using a different word or phrase that refers to this present physical life. Alternate translation: “on this earth” or “in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	1	22	mwl6	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1	this is fruitful labor for me	Here, the word **fruitful** refers to Paul’s work producing good results. This is a metaphor in which Paul’s anticipated productive work is compared to a plant or tree which produces good fruit. Alternate translation: “this will mean effectively serving God” or “this will mean productively working for the advancement of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	22	kxuu	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1		If the an abstract noun **labor** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “I will accomplish something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	23	tq29	figs-metaphor	συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο	1	But I am hard pressed between the two	The phrase **I am hard pressed between the two** is a metaphor. Paul speaks as if he were experiencing literal pressure from two opposite sides at the same time. Paul uses this figurative expression to show his difficulty in deciding which decision is best, if given the option between living or dying. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this phrase using a metaphor that would make sense in your language, or you could choose to use plain language to express it. Alternate translation: “both options have their advantages, so the decision is not an easy one for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ PHP	1	23	q0n1	figs-explicit	τῶν δύο	1		Here, the phrase **the two** refer
 PHP	1	23	u1zs	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων	1		If the word abstract noun **desire** would be unclear in your language, you could express the meaning of this word by using the verbal form. Alternate translation: “yearning” or “preferring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	23	hhjr	figs-euphemism	ἀναλῦσαι	1		Here Paul is referring to his death with the phrase **to depart**. Instead of focusing on the unpleasantness of death, Paul is using the word **depart** to focus on the positive result of his death, namely, that his physical death will result in his being with Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different euphemism or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “to leave this life” or “to depart from this earth” or “to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 PHP	1	24	etly	figs-synecdoche	τὸ δὲ ἐπιμένειν ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ	1		The phrase **but remain in the flesh** means to remain alive in one’s body on earth. See how you translated **flesh** in [1:22](../01/22.md). If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “but to continue in the body” or “but to continue to live on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-PHP	1	24	k2j7	figs-ellipsis	ἀναγκαιότερον	1		In the phrase **is more necessary** Paul leaves out the implied words “than departing” because he knows that his readers will understand them from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider supplying these omitted words in your translation. Alternate translation: “rather than departing is more necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+PHP	1	24	k2j7	figs-ellipsis	ἀναγκαιότερον	1		In the phrase **{is} more necessary** Paul leaves out the implied words “than departing” because he knows that his readers will understand them from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider supplying these omitted words in your translation. Alternate translation: “rather than departing is more necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	1	24	hnl7		ὑμᾶς	1		See how you translated the word **your** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
 PHP	1	25	bu8d	figs-explicit	καὶ τοῦτο πεποιθὼς	1	having been persuaded of this	The word **this** refers back to [1:24](../01/24.md) where Paul said that he believed it was more necessary that he remain alive on earth so that he could continue helping the Philippian Christians mature in their faith. If this would be unclear in your language, consider further explaining the word **this** in your translation. Alternate translation: “And being sure that it is better for you that I remain” or “And having been convinced that I should remain here on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	25	xwl1	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο πεποιθὼς	1	I know that I will remain	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because I am sure of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ PHP	1	27	kmn8	figs-doublet	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1
 PHP	1	27	jfxp	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1		Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** are used to mean “to have unity in one’s primary purposes and beliefs.” Both phrases refer to being in agreement about what matters. If these expressions would be confusing in your language, you may use plain language or use a similar expression from your language. Alternate translation: “with one mind” or “with singleness of purpose” or “in full agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	27	ej2s		συναθλοῦντες	1	striving together	Alternate translation: “cooperating together in the work”
 PHP	1	27	ya3h	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the faith of the gospel	Here, the abstract noun **faith** in the phrase **the faith of the gospel** refers to what believers understand and do as a result of believing the gospel, which is God’s message about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	1	28	u9an	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀντικειμένων	1		The phrase **those opposing you** refers to the people who were opposing the Philippian Christians and causing them trouble. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “the people opposing you” or “the people opposing you because you believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	28	u9an	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀντικειμένων	1		The phrase **the ones opposing you** refers to the people who were opposing the Philippian Christians and causing them trouble. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “the people opposing you” or “the people opposing you because you believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	28	l495	writing-pronouns	ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις	1		The word **This** in the phrase **This is a sign to them** refers to the lack of fear because of their faith that the Philippian believers will have when they are opposed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	1	28	t225	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπωλείας	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb form or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “that God will destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	ypn8	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίας	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verb form of this word or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ PHP	1	30	cewf	figs-metaphor	τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες,
 PHP	1	30	hnec	figs-idiom	εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί	1		Here, the phrase **in me** occurs twice, both times referring to what Paul is experiencing. If this would be unclear in your language, you could express this in a way that is understandable in your language. Alternate translation: “you saw me experience and now hear that I am experiencing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	2	intro	ixw8			0		# Philippians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6–11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br><br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br><br>This appears as though it is a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
 PHP	2	1	v4ns	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the natural result of or conclusion to what preceded it. Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-PHP	2	1	b1q7	figs-explicit	εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ, εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	If there is any encouragement in Christ	The phrase **if there is any**, which occurs one time in this verse, and the phrase **if any**, which occurs three times in this verse, appear to be hypothetical statements. However, they are not hypothetical, because they each express things which are true. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of these phrases explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ, because there is comfort from his love, because of the fellowship of the Spirit, because you have affections and compassions” or “since Christ has encouraged you, since there is comfort from his love, since there is fellowship in the Spirit, since you have affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	2	1	b1q7	figs-explicit	εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ, εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	If there is any encouragement in Christ	The phrase **if {there is} any**, which occurs one time in this verse, and the phrase **if any**, which occurs three times in this verse, appear to be hypothetical statements. However, they are not hypothetical, because they each express things which are true. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of these phrases explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ, because there is comfort from his love, because of the fellowship of the Spirit, because you have affections and compassions” or “since Christ has encouraged you, since there is comfort from his love, since there is fellowship in the Spirit, since you have affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	1	del5	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1		In the three occurrences of the phrase **if any** in this verse, the missing words, “there is,” are implied and can be supplied in your translation if omitting them would cause confusion. Alternate translation: “if there is any comfort from love, if there is any fellowship of the Spirit, if there are any affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	2	1	xye5	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **encouragement** by using a verbal form of this word. Alternate translation: “if Christ encourages you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	n82s		εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the word **encouragement** could refer to: (1) “encouragement” (2) “exhortation” Alternate translation: “if there is any exhortation in Christ” (3) both the idea of “encouragement” and “exhortation” at the same time. Alternate translation: “if there is any encouragement and exhortation in Christ”
@@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ PHP	2	1	dapb	figs-explicit	εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστ
 PHP	2	1	k1b2	figs-explicit	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1	if any comfort of love	Here, **love** probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	1	d63e	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **comfort** and **love** by using verbal forms of these words and/or using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if Christ’s love for you has comforted you” or “if being loved by Christ has comforted you” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	ub8e	figs-explicit	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1		The phrase **comfort of love** refers to the comfort which the Philippian believers received from Christ’s love. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have received any comfort from Christ’s love” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	2	1	m84k		εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος	1	if any fellowship of the Spirit	The phrase **fellowship of the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit giving the Philippian Christians fellowship with each other. Alternate translation: “if the Spirit has produced any fellowship among you” or “if the Spirit has given you fellowship with each other” (2) the Philippian Christians’ fellowship with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “if you have fellowship with the Spirit” (3) both the Holy Spirit giving the Philippian Christians fellowship with each other and to their having fellowship with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “if you have any fellowship with the Spirit and the Spirit has produced in you any fellowship with each other”
+PHP	2	1	m84k		εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος	1	if any fellowship of the Spirit	The phrase **fellowship of {the} Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit giving the Philippian Christians fellowship with each other. Alternate translation: “if the Spirit has produced any fellowship among you” or “if the Spirit has given you fellowship with each other” (2) the Philippian Christians’ fellowship with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “if you have fellowship with the Spirit” (3) both the Holy Spirit giving the Philippian Christians fellowship with each other and to their having fellowship with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “if you have any fellowship with the Spirit and the Spirit has produced in you any fellowship with each other”
 PHP	2	1	quhq	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος	1	if any fellowship of the Spirit	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if the Spirit has produced any fellowship among you” or “if the Spirit has given you fellowship with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	l2px	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	if any affections and compassions	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **affections** and **compassions** by using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if you feel any affection and compassion for one another” or “if you have any affection and compassion for each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	1	u3dz	figs-explicit	σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	if any affections and compassions	The phrase **if any affections and compassions** probably refers to the Philippian believers’ affection and compassion toward each other. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have any affection and compassion toward one another”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	2	1	u3dz	figs-explicit	εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1	if any affections and compassions	The phrase **if any affections and compassions** probably refers to the Philippian believers’ affection and compassion toward each other. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have any affection and compassion toward one another”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	2	j5v2	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “make me overflow with happiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	2	jxq2		τὸ αὐτὸ φρονῆτε	1	fulfill my joy	Alternate translation: “you think together as one”
 PHP	2	2	ve0w	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -148,16 +148,16 @@ PHP	2	4	qmzl	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτῶν	1		Here, the reflexive pronoun **them
 PHP	2	5	pqdc		τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Alternate translation: “Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had”
 PHP	2	5	rh98	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Have this attitude in you which also was in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **attitude**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **attitude** with a verb such as “think.” Alternate translation: “Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	5	kwoe	figs-yousingular	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε	1		This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian believers. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have this attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	2	5	acmu	figs-explicit	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here the phrase **Have this attitude in you which was also in Christ Jesus** means that a believer is to have the same attitude and disposition which Christ Jesus had and which characterized his behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think the same way that Christ Jesus did” or “Have the same values which Christ Jesus also had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	2	6	xo2l		ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων	1		The phrase **existing in the form of God** means that Jesus had the very nature of God. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be God, but was not God. This phrase is saying that Jesus was fully God. The rest of this verse and the next two verses explain that Jesus, while being fully God, humbled himself and acted as a servant, in obedience to God. Avoid any translation that would suggest that Jesus was not fully God. Alternate translation: “being fully God” or “though everything that is true of God is true of him”
+PHP	2	5	acmu	figs-explicit	τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here the phrase **Have this attitude in you which also {was} in Christ Jesus** means that a believer is to have the same attitude and disposition which Christ Jesus had and which characterized his behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think the same way that Christ Jesus did” or “Have the same values which Christ Jesus also had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	2	6	xo2l		ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων	1		The phrase **existing in {the} form of God** means that Jesus had the very nature of God. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be God, but was not God. This phrase is saying that Jesus was fully God. The rest of this verse and the next two verses explain that Jesus, while being fully God, humbled himself and acted as a servant, in obedience to God. Avoid any translation that would suggest that Jesus was not fully God. Alternate translation: “being fully God” or “though everything that is true of God is true of him”
 PHP	2	6	kd1l		οὐχ…ἡγήσατο	1		Alternate translation: “did not think” or “did not regard”
 PHP	2	6	els2		ἁρπαγμὸν	1	did not consider being equal with God something to be grasped	Alternate translation: “something to be held onto” or “something to be retained”
 PHP	2	7	x5rt	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		The word **Instead** introduces a contrast between the preceding clause in [2:6](../02/06.md) and what is expressed about Jesus in this verse and the next two verses. The contrast is made between Jesus’ choice to retain his divine rights and privileges, or to surrender them. Choose the best form in your language to show the contrast that **Instead** expresses here. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “Rather” or “But instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	2	7	kvjd	writing-pronouns	ἀλλὰ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν	1		Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider the best way to express the meaning of **he** to show that it refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Instead, Jesus emptied himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	2	7	c64i	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν	1		Here, the reflexive pronoun **himself** refers to Jesus and is used to emphasize the fact that Jesus freely and intentionally chose to empty himself of divine rights and privileges. Consider the best way to express the emphatic element of this pronoun in your language. Alternate translation: “he willingly set aside divine privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 PHP	2	7	yu25	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν	1	he emptied himself	Here, Paul statement that Christ **emptied himself** is figurative, and not literal. By using the figurative phrase **he emptied himself**, Paul is vividly expressing that Christ chose to give up his divine rights and privileges when he became human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he gave up divine rights and privileges” or “he willingly set aside divine privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	2	7	r5dn		μορφὴν δούλου λαβών	1		The phrase, **having taken the form of a servant**, means that Jesus acted as a servant while on earth. It does not mean that Jesus simply appeared to be a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or state this in plain language. Alternative translation, “and acted as a servant”
-PHP	2	7	qetl		ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος	1		The phrase **having been born in the likeness of men** means that Jesus became a human being. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be human. Rather, it means that Jesus, who always existed as God, chose to take on a human body and appear on earth in human form. If it would be helpful in your language, consider saying this in plain language. Alternate translation: “having become a human being”
+PHP	2	7	r5dn		μορφὴν δούλου λαβών	1		The phrase, **having taken {the} form of a servant**, means that Jesus acted as a servant while on earth. It does not mean that Jesus simply appeared to be a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or state this in plain language. Alternative translation, “and acted as a servant”
+PHP	2	7	qetl		ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος	1		The phrase **having been born in {the} likeness of men** means that Jesus became a human being. It does not mean that Jesus only appeared to be human. Rather, it means that Jesus, who always existed as God, chose to take on a human body and appear on earth in human form. If it would be helpful in your language, consider saying this in plain language. Alternate translation: “having become a human being”
 PHP	2	7	tc8n	figs-gendernotations	ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων	1	in the likeness of men	Here, the word **men** is emphasizing the idea of Jesus’ humanity rather than his gender. The word **men** is plural in form to emphasize the idea that Jesus resembled humanity in general. Consider the best way in your language to express this emphasis on Jesus’ humanity. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	2	7	uizd		καὶ σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος	1		The phrase **having been found in appearance as a man** does not mean that Jesus appeared to be a man but was not a man. Rather, this phrase continues the thought of the previous phrase, **having been born in the likeness of men**, and means that Jesus became a human being and therefore was fully human in appearance. The phrase, **in appearance**, points out that Jesus appeared in all ways to be fully human. It also indicates that while being fully human, Jesus was distinct from the rest of humanity: He retained his full deity while being human and, therefore, he was both human and divine at the same time. Alternate translation: “and while being found in the form of a human being”
 PHP	2	7	jmr8	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1		Here the word **man** is emphasizing the idea of Jesus’ humanity rather than his gender. If your language has a way of expressing this emphasis on Jesus’ humanity, consider using the term that would most clearly express this. See how you translated the word **men** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -185,26 +185,26 @@ PHP	2	12	cm1s	figs-doublet	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου	1	with fear
 PHP	2	13	fc9l		ἐνεργῶν	1		In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the word **working** expresses continuous action and emphasizes the ongoing nature of God’s work in believers. Consider the best way to express the continuous nature of this word in your language. Alternate translation: “continually working”
 PHP	2	13	qy5x	figs-extrainfo	ἐν ὑμῖν	1		The phrase **in you** could refer to: (1) God working individually within the heart of each of the Philippian believers. (2) God working among the Philippian believers as a whole. Alternate translation: “among you” (3) both option one and two simultaneously. Alternate translation: “in and among you” If your language allows you to keep the object of God’s work ambiguous, as it is in the ULT, this is the preferable option. If your language does not allow for this, choose one of the options above. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	2	13	m6b8		καὶ τὸ θέλειν, καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν, ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας	1	both to will and to work for his good pleasure	Alternate translation: “to enable you to both desire to do, and to do, the things which him happy” or “so that you will want to do what pleases him, and will be able to do what pleases him”
-PHP	2	14	gy6p	figs-yousingular	πάντα ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν καὶ διαλογισμῶν	1		The phrase **Do all things without** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, make sure that you do not complain or argue in anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+PHP	2	14	gy6p	figs-yousingular	πάντα ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν καὶ διαλογισμῶν	1		The phrase **Do all {things} without** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, make sure that you do not complain or argue in anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	2	15	z2lz	figs-doublet	ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι	1	blameless and pure	The words **blameless** and **pure** are very similar in meaning and are used together to emphasize the idea of living a morally pure life. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	15	sp0g	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **children of God** is a metaphorical way of describing people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. Here, **children** does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their fathers. Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual offspring” or “spiritual children of God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 PHP	2	15	im15	figs-explicit	ἄμωμα	1		The phrase **without blemish** means being free from flaws or defects. Here the phrase **without blemish** specifically means being free from moral flaws or corruption. Consider using an equivalent phrase from your language that would be understood in this context, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who abstain from all evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	15	f957	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Paul is describing people by associating them with the world in which they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “among whom you shine as lights before the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHP	2	15	p71u	figs-metaphor	φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1	you shine as lights in the world	Here, the word **lights** represents believers who are living in a righteous way that shows other people what is true and good. “Light”, is often used metaphorically in the Bible to represent truth and the righteous living that aligns with truth. In the Bible, light is often contrasted with darkness, which represents falsehood and living according to it. To **shine as lights in the world** means to live in a way that helps people see God’s truth and character. You can retain this metaphor or express this using plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be examples of God’s goodness and truth in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	2	15	p71u	figs-metaphor	φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1	you shine as lights in the world	Here, the word **lights** represents believers who are living in a righteous way that shows other people what is true and good. “Light”, is often used metaphorically in the Bible to represent truth and the righteous living that aligns with truth. In the Bible, light is often contrasted with darkness, which represents falsehood and living according to it. To **shine as lights in {the} world** means to live in a way that helps people see God’s truth and character. You can retain this metaphor or express this using plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be examples of God’s goodness and truth in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	15	jb7y	figs-doublet	μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης	1	in the world, in the midst of a crooked and depraved generation	The words **crooked** and **perverted** are used together to emphasize the idea of extreme sinfulness. These two words are very similar in meaning. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among people who are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	16	u3qb		λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1	holding forth the word of life	Here, **holding forth** could mean: (1) holding out to others the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding out the word of life” or “offering the word of life” (2) holding firmly to the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding tightly to the word of life” or “holding firmly to the word of life”
-PHP	2	16	cher		λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1		The phrase **holding forth the word of life** continues the thought from the previous verse and shows in more detail how Christians can become “blameless and pure, children of God” who “shine as lights in the world.” Consider the best way to show this connection in your language. Alternate translation: “as you hold forth the word of life”
+PHP	2	16	cher		λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1		The phrase **holding forth {the} word of life** continues the thought from the previous verse and shows in more detail how Christians can become “blameless and pure, children of God” who “shine as lights in the world.” Consider the best way to show this connection in your language. Alternate translation: “as you hold forth the word of life”
 PHP	2	16	eq86	figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1	the word of life	The phrase **word of life** refers to the good news about Jesus. If this would be unclear in your language, consider translating this phrase in plain language. Alternate translation: “the message that gives life” or “the life-giving gospel” or “the life-giving message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	2	16	nmix	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here the phrase **the word** means “the gospel.” In his writings, Paul often uses **word** to refer to the message of the gospel. In doing this, Paul is describing something Christians communicate to others by associating it with words. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the gospel” or “the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHP	2	16	i448	figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1		The phrase **the word of life** could mean: (1) the word that gives people life. Alternate translation: “the word that gives life” (2) the word that is about life and that gives life. Alternate translation: “the word that is about life and gives life” (3) the word which contains life and has the ability to give people life. Alternate translation: “the word that contains and gives life” If your language allows you to keep the phrase **the word of life** ambiguous, this is the best option. If your language does not allow you to do this, you may specify clearly how the phrase **of life** is related to **the word**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	2	16	nmix	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here the phrase **{the} word** means “the gospel.” In his writings, Paul often uses **word** to refer to the message of the gospel. In doing this, Paul is describing something Christians communicate to others by associating it with words. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the gospel” or “the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	2	16	i448	figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1		The phrase **{the} word of life** could mean: (1) the word that gives people life. Alternate translation: “the word that gives life” (2) the word that is about life and that gives life. Alternate translation: “the word that is about life and gives life” (3) the word which contains life and has the ability to give people life. Alternate translation: “the word that contains and gives life” If your language allows you to keep the phrase **{the} word of life** ambiguous, this is the best option. If your language does not allow you to do this, you may specify clearly how the phrase **of life** is related to **{the} word**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	fz1d	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον ζωῆς	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **life** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the life-giving word” or “the word which gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	16	s3z9	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		With the phrase **for my boasting on the day of Christ**, Paul introduces a reason that the Philippian believers should try to live out the things he has just told them to do in [2:12](../02/12.md) and ending with the phrase **holding forth the word of life**. Paul here gives one reason for what he has just asked them to do. He says that if they live out what he has just told them, then when Christ returns, he can be proud of the fact that he did not work in vain among them. Consider the best way in your language to show this reason-result relationship. Alternate translation: “so that I will be able to boast on the day Christ returns that I did not run in vain or labor in vain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+PHP	2	16	s3z9	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		With the phrase **for my boasting on {the} day of Christ**, Paul introduces a reason that the Philippian believers should try to live out the things he has just told them to do in [2:12](../02/12.md) and ending with the phrase “holding forth the word of life.” Paul here gives one reason for what he has just asked them to do. He says that if they live out what he has just told them, then when Christ returns, he can be proud of the fact that he did not work in vain among them. Consider the best way in your language to show this reason-result relationship. Alternate translation: “so that I will be able to boast on the day Christ returns that I did not run in vain or labor in vain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	2	16	esvd	figs-explicit	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ	1		Here, **boasting** refers to Paul being rightfully proud of God’s work in the lives of the Philippian believers. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that I may be rightfully proud of God’s work in you” or “so that I might glory in God’s work in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	heo4		εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ	1		Alternate translation: “so that I may boast” or “in order that I have good reason to glory”
-PHP	2	16	q7y8	figs-explicit	εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ,	1	on the day of Christ	The phrase **the day of Christ** refers to the time in the future when Christ will return. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns” or “at the time Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	2	16	q7y8	figs-explicit	εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ,	1	on the day of Christ	The phrase **{the} day of Christ** refers to the time in the future when Christ will return. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns” or “at the time Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	m5aq	figs-parallelism	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1	I did not run in vain nor labor in vain	The phrases **run in vain** and **labor in vain** have very similar meanings here. Paul uses these two phrases together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ and mature in their obedience and love for him. You may translate these two phrases separately, as the ULT does, or if it would be clearer in your language, you may translate them together as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I did not work so hard for nothing” or “I did not work hard with no lasting results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PHP	2	16	m1z7	figs-metaphor	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον	1	I did … run	Here Paul uses the word **run** metaphorically to mean “work.” Here Paul specifically means that he worked for the advancement of the gospel among the Philippians. Paul uses the word **run** to bring to the Philippians’ minds the image of a runner who is racing toward a finish line in order to win a prize. If this image is familiar to people in your culture, consider using this metaphor. But if this image is not familiar to your readers, consider stating this idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “I did not work for the advancement of the gospel uselessly” or “I did not work for the spread of the good news for nothing” or “I did not run the race uselessly”( See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	2	16	wyyg		εἰς κενὸν…εἰς κενὸν	1		Alternate translation: “for no purpose … for no purpose” or “without positive results … without positive results” or “for nothing … for nothing”
+PHP	2	16	wyyg		εἰς κενὸν	-1		Alternate translation: “for no purpose … for no purpose” or “without positive results … without positive results” or “for nothing … for nothing”
 PHP	2	16	btgu	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		Here Paul uses the word **labor** to refer to his spiritual work of sharing the gospel with the Philippian believers and working to help them grow in spiritual maturity. Paul assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to his spiritual work among them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “or work hard for nothing, trying to help you believe in Christ and obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	17	p9km	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ	1		**But even if** connects the idea of running and laboring for the advance of the gospel, which Paul discussed in [2:16](../02/16.md), with what he says in the rest of this verse. Consider how to translate this phrase in your language in a way that shows this connection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	2	17	j2ov	translate-symaction	σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		The phrase **I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice** uses imagery from the Old Testament Jewish sacrificial system. A priest would sacrifice an animal on the altar as a burnt offering to God and then pour out wine as a drink offering to God, in order to make the sacrifice complete. See [Num 28:7](../num/28/07.md). If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, consider using it here, but if this imagery would be confusing in your culture, consider translating this imagery using plain language. Alternate translation: “I work and give my life for your sake in order to complete the sacrificial service of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ PHP	2	18	dr9c	figs-yousingular	καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ συ
 PHP	2	19	gml9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	Now I hope in the Lord Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	19	pq9g	translate-names	Τιμόθεον	1		**Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	2	20	d9mw		οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον	1	For I have no one like-minded	Alternate translation: “For I have no one else who loves you like I do”
-PHP	2	21	b922	figs-explicit	οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	For they all	Here the words **they** and **their** refer to a group of people Paul does not think he can trust to help the believers in Philippi. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the other people I might send to you seek what they want and not the things Jesus Christ wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	2	21	b922	figs-explicit	οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	For they all	Here the words **they** and **{their}** refer to a group of people Paul does not think he can trust to help the believers in Philippi. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the other people I might send to you seek what they want and not the things Jesus Christ wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	22	gm8i	figs-simile	ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	as a child with his father, he served with me	The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothy’s biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 PHP	2	22	clvw	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	22	xdn5	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	in the gospel	Here, **the gospel** means the work of advancing the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in gospel work” or “in working to spread the gospel” or “in the work of telling people the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ PHP	2	30	ns1y	writing-pronouns	ὅτι διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ
 PHP	2	30	vj8b	figs-possession	διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ	1	he came near even to death	In the phrase **the work of Christ**, Paul is using the possessive form to describe work that is done for Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this phrase in some other way. Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 PHP	2	30	nhja	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸ ἔργον Χριστοῦ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **work** with a verbal form such as “working.” Alternate translation: “for the sake of working for Christ” or “as a result of working for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	ffly	figs-abstractnouns	μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** with an adjective such as “dying” or with a verbal form such as **died**, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “he was close to dying” or “he came close to dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	30	kjti	figs-abstractnouns	παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the phrase **risking his life** in some other way. Alternate translation: “running the risk of dying” or “taking the risk that he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	2	30	kjti	figs-abstractnouns	παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the phrase **risking {his} life** in some other way. Alternate translation: “running the risk of dying” or “taking the risk that he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	x4rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you can express the idea behind the word **service** by using a verb form such as “serve.” Alternate translation: “so that he might make up for your being unable to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	g98z	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he might make up your lack of service to me	The **lack of service** Paul speaks of here is the inability of the Philippian believers to be present with him in prison. By sending Epaphroditus to Paul, the Philippian believers ministered to Paul’s needs through Epaphroditus, and so Epaphroditus supplied what they could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he might supply what you could not give me” or “so that he might make up for what you could not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	intro	btx3			0		# Philippians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4–8, Paul lists the ways he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew, but he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br><br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected bodies<br><br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br><br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is to grow to be like Christ while we live on earth. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
@@ -264,22 +264,22 @@ PHP	3	2	x8r2	figs-metonymy	τὴν κατατομήν	1	the mutilation	Here, **t
 PHP	3	3	y8yt	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν	1	For we are	Here Paul uses **we** to refer to himself and the Philippian believers and anyone else who believes in Christ, so **we** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHP	3	3	xt5r	figs-metonymy	ἡ περιτομή	1	the circumcision	In contrast to its normal usage in the Bible, here Paul uses the term **the circumcision** as a metonym to refer to all true Christians. Normally, the term **the circumcision** was used to refer to Jewish males, all circumcised, but here Paul intentionally uses this term with a spiritual sense to refer to all Christians, both Jews and non-Jew. This would have been surprising to his readers. Paul’s use of **the circumcision** here refers to the inward, spiritual circumcision that the Holy Spirit performs in the hearts of all true Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this term using plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	3	wn2n		οἱ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λατρεύοντες	1		Alternate translation: “the ones who are empowered by God’s Spirit to worship him” or “the ones who are enabled to worship God by his Spirit” or “the ones who worship God through his Spirit”
-PHP	3	3	k8ph	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1	having no confidence in the flesh	You can state explicitly that Paul did not have any **confidence** in the “works of” **the flesh**. Alternate translation: “having no confidence in the works of the flesh” or “not trusting that circumcision will please God” or “not trusting that being circumcized will earn God’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	3	3	nkrs		καυχώμενοι ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1		The phrase **boasting in Christ Jesus** and the phrase **and having no confidence in the flesh** are complementary ideas which express a similar truth. If people truly place their confidence in Christ as their only means of earning God’s favor, they will not put their confidence in themselves or religious acts. Conversely, if people put their confidence in religious rituals and observances, they cannot place their full confidence in Christ. Consider the best way to clearly express these coordinate ideas in your language.
+PHP	3	3	k8ph	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1	having no confidence in the flesh	You can state explicitly that Paul did not have any **confidence** in the “works of” **{the} flesh**. Alternate translation: “having no confidence in the works of the flesh” or “not trusting that circumcision will please God” or “not trusting that being circumcized will earn God’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	3	3	nkrs		καυχώμενοι ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1		The phrase **boasting in Christ Jesus** and the phrase **and having no confidence in {the} flesh** are complementary ideas which express a similar truth. If people truly place their confidence in Christ as their only means of earning God’s favor, they will not put their confidence in themselves or religious acts. Conversely, if people put their confidence in religious rituals and observances, they cannot place their full confidence in Christ. Consider the best way to clearly express these coordinate ideas in your language.
 PHP	3	3	ox7y	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as **trusting** or a verbal form such as **trust.** Alternate translation: “and we do not trust in our flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	4	upw5	figs-hypo	ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν καὶ ἐν σαρκί. εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἄλλος πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκί, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον	1	I myself, having confidence even in the flesh. If anyone else seems to have confidence in the flesh, I even more	Using a type of hypothetical situation, Paul recites his own credentials to illustrate that if observing the law could earn God’s favor, then he had more reason to boast than anyone else. His purpose is to teach the Philippian believers that they should only trust in Christ and not trust in other things to earn God’s favor. Paul explains in [3:7–11](../03/07.md) that his hope is in Christ and not in the things he lists in the next two verses. Alternate translation: “We do not trust in those rituals to make us acceptable to God, although I could very well do that if it would be useful for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 PHP	3	5	d5bq		περιτομῇ ὀκταήμερος ἐκ γένους Ἰσραήλ φυλῆς Βενιαμείν, Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1		In this verse and the next verse, Paul lists a total of seven things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ. In this verse he lists five of those things and in the next verse he lists the remaining two.
-PHP	3	5	yq98	figs-explicit	φυλῆς Βενιαμείν	1	circumcision	The phrase **of the tribe of Benjamin** means that Paul was from the Israelite tribe of Benjamin and therefore descended from Jacob’s son Benjamin. Consider the best way to say this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	3	5	yq98	figs-explicit	φυλῆς Βενιαμείν	1	circumcision	The phrase **of {the} tribe of Benjamin** means that Paul was from the Israelite tribe of Benjamin and therefore descended from Jacob’s son Benjamin. Consider the best way to say this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	5	p4ik		Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων	1	a Hebrew of Hebrews	The phrase **a Hebrew of Hebrews** could mean: (1) that Paul had retained Hebrew customs and spoke the language of the Hebrew people, which was Aramaic. (2) that Paul had no Gentile ancestors, but rather was a pure-blooded Hebrew. Alternate translation: “a Hebrew whose parents and ancestors are all full-blooded Jews” (3) a combination of both of the above. Alternate translation: “a full-blooded Jew who has retained the Hebrew culture, customs, and language”
-PHP	3	5	we4t		κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1	according to the law, a Pharisee	The phrase **according to the law, a Pharisee** means that prior to his conversion Paul had been a Pharisee. He related to the law of Moses as a Pharisee and, therefore, strictly obeyed it as well as the many rules scribes had added to try to safeguard the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “in relation to the law of Moses, I was a Pharisee” or “in relation to how I observed the law of Moses, I was a Pharisee, and therefore, I strictly obeyed every detail of it including the teachings of the scribes”
+PHP	3	5	we4t		κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1	according to the law, a Pharisee	The phrase **according to {the} law, a Pharisee** means that prior to his conversion Paul had been a Pharisee. He related to the law of Moses as a Pharisee and, therefore, strictly obeyed it as well as the many rules scribes had added to try to safeguard the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “in relation to the law of Moses, I was a Pharisee” or “in relation to how I observed the law of Moses, I was a Pharisee, and therefore, I strictly obeyed every detail of it including the teachings of the scribes”
 PHP	3	6	f81s		κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1		In this verse Paul finishes naming the things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ.
 PHP	3	6	ksr3	figs-explicit	κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	according to zeal, persecuting the church	Here, the phrase **persecuting the church** is explaining the extent of Paul’s **zeal**. Before Paul believed in Jesus, he thought that by **persecuting the church**, he was serving God and ensuring that the law of Moses was honored and obeyed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning of the phrase **according to zeal, persecuting the church** plainly. Alternate translation: “having so much desire to serve God that I persecuted the church” or “wanting so much to honor God, I persecuted the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	6	n51b	grammar-collectivenouns	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	persecuting the church	Here, **church** is a collective noun. The phrase **the church** refers to Christians as a whole and includes anyone belonging to the group of people who follow Jesus. What Paul means by saying that he had persecuted **the church** is that he formerly persecuted anyone who was a Christian. Alternate translation: “persecuting Christians” or “persecuting anyone who was a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-PHP	3	6	hln8	figs-explicit	κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1	according to righteousness that is under the law, having become blameless	The phrase **righteousness that is in the law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	3	6	hln8	figs-explicit	κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1	according to righteousness that is under the law, having become blameless	The phrase **righteousness {that is} in {the} law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	7	i2td	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		This entire verse is Paul’s response to the seven things he listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	3	7	lb8f	figs-metaphor	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1	a profit … loss	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	3	7	n4lg	figs-explicit	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1	Whatever was a profit for me	Here, the phrase **Whatever was profit to me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	3	7	nwdi	figs-abstractnouns	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	7	n4lg	figs-explicit	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1	Whatever was a profit for me	Here, the phrase **Whatever {things} were gains for me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	3	7	nwdi	figs-abstractnouns	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **gains**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **gains** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	7	yxtx	figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	e1fp	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ μενοῦνγε καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου, δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα, ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1	I consider even all things to be loss	In this verse Paul continues the business metaphor which he began in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	8	epts		ἡγοῦμαι	1		See how you translated the word **consider** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ PHP	3	8	cv55		διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστ
 PHP	3	8	g1hy	figs-explicit	τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1		Here, the word **knowledge** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of someone or something. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “of intimately knowing Christ Jesus my Lord” or “of deeply knowing and experiencing Christ Jesus my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	8	dh2d	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην	1		See how you translated the abstract noun **loss** earlier in this verse and in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “for whom I have willingly lost all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	cez0		ἡγοῦμαι	2		See how you translated the word **consider** earlier in this verse and in [3:7](../03/07.md).
-PHP	3	8	ovd9	translate-unknown	σκύβαλα	1		During Paul’s time this word was used to refer to excrement and things which were considered worthless and worthy of being thrown out. In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the term **dung** was a crude term that referred to things that were discarded as garbage, including dung, and the specific meaning was determined by context. Here, this word could be referring to: (1) excrement, since in the preceding verses Paul has been discussing what comes from the flesh. Alternate translation: “excrement” or “crap” (2) garbage, since Paul is discussing what he now considers worth throwing away in order to gain and know Christ. Alternate translation: “garbage” or “refuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+PHP	3	8	ovd9	translate-unknown	σκύβαλα	1		During Paul’s time the word **dung** was used to refer to excrement and things which were considered worthless and worthy of being thrown out. In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the term **dung** was a crude term that referred to things that were discarded as garbage, including dung, and the specific meaning was determined by context. Here, this word could be referring to: (1) excrement, since in the preceding verses Paul has been discussing what comes from the flesh. Alternate translation: “excrement” or “crap” (2) garbage, since Paul is discussing what he now considers worth throwing away in order to gain and know Christ. Alternate translation: “garbage” or “refuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 PHP	3	8	vgf5		κερδήσω	1		See how you translated the word **gains** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 PHP	3	8	h3kq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1		The phrase **so that** is a purpose clause. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of gaining Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 PHP	3	9	iy4k	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	be found in him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the passive verbal phrase **be found** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “and God might find me belonging to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ PHP	3	9	jmqf	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην
 PHP	3	9	dely	figs-ellipsis	ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει	1		In the phrase **by faith**, Paul is leaving out some words that would be needed to complete the sentence in many languages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which comes by faith” or “which is received through faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	10	ot4a	writing-pronouns	τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ, συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1		All occurrences of the pronouns **him** and **his** in this verse refer to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to know Christ and the power of his resurrection and the fellowship of his sufferings, being conformed to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	3	10	vj4s	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	the power of his resurrection	The first occurrence of the word **and** indicates that what follows is the Paul’s explanation of how specifically he wants to know Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-PHP	3	10	tam1		τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, he closely connects the phrase **the power of his resurrection** and the phrase **the fellowship of his sufferings**. He does this because in Paul’s mind these two things are inseparably linked, and a person cannot know the power of Christ’s resurrection without first sharing in Christ’s suffering. Consider the best way to show the close connection between these two phrases in your language.
+PHP	3	10	tam1		τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, he closely connects the phrase **the power of his resurrection** and the phrase **{the} fellowship of his sufferings**. He does this because in Paul’s mind these two things are inseparably linked, and a person cannot know the power of Christ’s resurrection without first sharing in Christ’s suffering. Consider the best way to show the close connection between these two phrases in your language.
 PHP	3	10	ngz6		τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν	1		See how you translated the word “knowledge” in [3:8](../03/08.md). Here, the word **know** does not refer to simply being mentally aware of something or someone, but rather, it refers to having a deep, intimate, personal knowledge or experience of something or someone. Here, it refers to having an intimate and personal knowledge or experience of Christ. Consider the best way to express this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “to intimately know Christ” or “to deeply know and experience him”
 PHP	3	10	fpij	figs-abstractnouns	δύναμιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully,” as modeled in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	10	vqb6	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “participate” or “sharing.” Alternate translation: “and to participate in his sufferings” or “and the sharing of his sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -311,17 +311,17 @@ PHP	3	10	r3gz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2		Here, the word **and** in
 PHP	3	10	xw42	figs-activepassive	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	being conformed to his death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **being conformed to** with an active form. Alternate translation: “taking on the likeness of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	3	10	ps0j	figs-abstractnouns	συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ	1	being conformed to his death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal form such as “die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	11	l4rm		τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	if somehow I might attain to the resurrection that is from the dead	Alternate translation: “the resurrection from the dead”
-PHP	3	12	xk5q	figs-extrainfo	οὐχ ὅτι ἤδη ἔλαβον	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **it** in the phrase **Not that I already received it** could be referring to: (1) spiritual perfection and completion. This phrase would then mean that Paul is saying that he is not yet spiritually perfect or complete. Alternate translation: “Not that I have already attained spiritual perfection” or “Not that I am already spiritually complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already perfected” (2) that Paul has not yet reached the goals he has for himself and so has not received his reward. Alternate translation: “Not that I have yet reached my goals and received my reward from God” (3) Paul has not yet finished the work God gave him to do with his life, and then died and received his reward from God. Alternate translation: “Not that I have finished my work and received my reward from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+PHP	3	12	xk5q	figs-extrainfo	οὐχ ὅτι ἤδη ἔλαβον	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **{it}** in the phrase **Not that I already received {it}** could be referring to: (1) spiritual perfection and completion. This phrase would then mean that Paul is saying that he is not yet spiritually perfect or complete. Alternate translation: “Not that I have already attained spiritual perfection” or “Not that I am already spiritually complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already complete” or “Not that God’s work in me is already perfected” (2) that Paul has not yet reached the goals he has for himself and so has not received his reward. Alternate translation: “Not that I have yet reached my goals and received my reward from God” (3) Paul has not yet finished the work God gave him to do with his life, and then died and received his reward from God. Alternate translation: “Not that I have finished my work and received my reward from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	12	ms3v	figs-activepassive	ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	I already received it	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **been made perfect** with an active form. Alternate translation: “or think that God has already made me perfect” or “or think that God has already completed his work in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	3	12	h8p7	figs-extrainfo	ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	or have already been made perfect	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the word **perfect** means that someone or something has reached full completion and therefore reached its intended purpose or goal. It can also refer to someone reaching full maturity and is used in the New Testament of Christians reaching completeness of Christ-like character. Alternate translation: “been brought to completion” or “have already been made complete” or “have already reached full maturity” or “have already reached full Christ-likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	12	k9ar	figs-activepassive	ἤδη τετελείωμαι	1	or have already been made perfect	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **been made perfect** with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has already perfected me” or “that God has already perfected his work in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	3	12	m52v	figs-activepassive	καταλάβω, ἐφ’ ᾧ καὶ κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	I might grasp that for which I was also grasped by Christ Jesus	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **I was also grasped by Christ Jesus** with an active form. Alternate translation: “I might grasp the things for which Christ Jesus grasped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PHP	3	13	tzg8		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md).
-PHP	3	13	kqk7	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν οὐ λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι	1	I do not consider myself to have grasped it	Paul does not explicitly state what **it** is that he has not yet **grasped**. He is probably referring to becoming perfectly like Jesus and to fully knowing Jesus. You may choose to state this in your translation, as the UST does, or you may leave it ambiguous, as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-PHP	3	13	hjs9	figs-ellipsis	ἓν δέ	1	forgetting what is behind and straining for what is ahead	In the phrase **But one thing**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But take note of this one thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-PHP	3	13	ia2b	figs-metaphor	τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς δὲ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενος	1	forgetting what is behind and straining for what is ahead	In the phrase **forgetting what is behind and straining for what is ahead**, Paul is using the imagery of a person who is in a race to win a prize. Paul portrays himself as a runner in this metaphor, and he continues using this metaphor until the end of [Philippians 3:14](../03/14.md). If this metaphor is unfamiliar in your culture, consider using another metaphor that would be familiar to your readers, or you may state this in plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “like a runner, I forget what is behind me and put all of my effort into running toward the finish line in front of me” or “like a runner, I have one focus, and therefore I do not look backward as I run, but only look forward as I strain with all my might so that I will reach the finish line” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	3	13	tzg8		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	See how you translated the word **Brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md).
+PHP	3	13	kqk7	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν οὐ λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι	1	I do not consider myself to have grasped it	Paul does not explicitly state what **{it}** is that he has not yet **grasped**. He is probably referring to becoming perfectly like Jesus and to fully knowing Jesus. You may choose to state this in your translation, as the UST does, or you may leave it ambiguous, as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+PHP	3	13	hjs9	figs-ellipsis	ἓν δέ	1	forgetting what is behind and straining for what is ahead	In the phrase **But one {thing}**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But take note of this one thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+PHP	3	13	ia2b	figs-metaphor	τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς δὲ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενος	1	forgetting what is behind and straining for what is ahead	In the phrase **forgetting {what is} behind and straining for {what is} ahead**, Paul is using the imagery of a person who is in a race to win a prize. Paul portrays himself as a runner in this metaphor, and he continues using this metaphor until the end of [Philippians 3:14](../03/14.md). If this metaphor is unfamiliar in your culture, consider using another metaphor that would be familiar to your readers, or you may state this in plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “like a runner, I forget what is behind me and put all of my effort into running toward the finish line in front of me” or “like a runner, I have one focus, and therefore I do not look backward as I run, but only look forward as I strain with all my might so that I will reach the finish line” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	14	z39s	figs-metaphor	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον	1	I press on toward the goal to the prize of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus	In this verse Paul continues using the metaphor of a runner who is competing in a foot race in order to win a prize. In this verse Paul says that his **goal**, which he works hard for, is to win the **prize** which God promises to give every person who obediently follows Christ. If this metaphor would be unfamiliar in your culture, consider using another metaphor, or use plain language to translate the idea behind this metaphor. Alternate translation: “I do all I can to pursue the goal of winning the prize of God’s upward call in Christ Jesus” or “I work hard so that I can reach my goal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	3	14	jhtv		σκοπὸν…εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I press on toward the goal to the prize of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus	The phrases **the goal** and **the prize** could be related to each other in one of two ways. They could: (1) be focusing on the same basic idea. Alternate translation: “the goal, which is to be given the prize of God’s upward call” or “my goal, which is to receive the prize of God’s upward call” (2) be focusing on different things, in which case **the goal** is referring to the goal of Paul’s life, while **the prize** is referring to what Paul hopes to receive once he has successfully achieved his goal. Alternate translation: “the goal and toward being given the prize of God’s upward call” or “the goal and toward receiving the prize of God’s upward call”
+PHP	3	14	jhtv		σκοπὸν…εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I press on toward the goal to the prize of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus	The phrases **{the} goal** and **the prize** could be related to each other in one of two ways. They could: (1) be focusing on the same basic idea. Alternate translation: “the goal, which is to be given the prize of God’s upward call” or “my goal, which is to receive the prize of God’s upward call” (2) be focusing on different things, in which case **{the} goal** is referring to the goal of Paul’s life, while **the prize** is referring to what Paul hopes to receive once he has successfully achieved his goal. Alternate translation: “the goal and toward being given the prize of God’s upward call” or “the goal and toward receiving the prize of God’s upward call”
 PHP	3	14	lmr6	figs-extrainfo	τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The phrase **the prize of the upward calling of God** could mean: (1) that **the prize** is **the upward calling of God**. Alternate translation: “receive the prize of God’s upward call” or “receive the prize of God’s heavenward invitation” (2) that the **upward calling of God** is a call to come and receive God’s **prize**. Alternate translation: “answer God’s upward call to receive his prize” or “answer God’s invitation to receive his prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	14	cq3f	figs-extrainfo	τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The word **upward** probably refers to both the origin of God’s call and to the direction of God’s call. In other words, the phrase **the upward calling of God** probably refers both to the fact that the **calling** is from God and that the calling is also a heavenly calling to move towards God. Alternate translation: “God’s heavenward call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 PHP	3	14	agwg	figs-explicit	κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	of the upward calling	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could be: (1) modifying the phrase **the upward calling of God**. (2) modifying the phrase **I press on**. Alternate translation: “I press on in Christ Jesus toward the goal for the prize of the upward calling of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -372,11 +372,11 @@ PHP	4	3	lb79	figs-metonymy	τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	with also Clement	Here P
 PHP	4	3	gfq5		τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	with also Clement	See how you translated the phrase **the gospel** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
 PHP	4	3	cm3u	translate-names	Κλήμεντος	1	with also Clement	**Clement** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	4	3	s9h9		ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς	1	whose names are in the Book of Life	Alternate translation: “whose names God has written in the Book of Life”
-PHP	4	4	elt7		χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Rejoice in the Lord	See how you translated the phrase **Rejoice in the Lord** in [Philippians 3:1](../03/01.md).
+PHP	4	4	elt7		χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Rejoice in the Lord	See how you translated the phrase **Rejoice in {the} Lord** in [Philippians 3:1](../03/01.md).
 PHP	4	4	sbdp	figs-yousingular	χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ πάντοτε, πάλιν ἐρῶ, χαίρετε!	1		Both occurrences of the word **Rejoice** are commands or instructions to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I urge you all to rejoice in the Lord at all times. Again I will say it, I urge each of you to rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	5	hopf	figs-yousingular	τὸ ἐπιεικὲς ὑμῶν γνωσθήτω	1	The Lord is near	The phrase **Let your gentleness be known** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	5	mo7g	figs-gendernotations	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1	The Lord is near	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a general sense to mean all people in general, including women. Alternate translation: “to all people” or “to everyone.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
-PHP	4	5	snk5		ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς	1	The Lord is near	The phrase **The Lord is near** could mean: (1) that the day that Jesus will return is coming soon. Alternate translation: “The Lord will return soon” or “The Lord is coming is near” or “The second coming of the Lord is near” (2) the Lord was near to the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “The Lord is near to you”
+PHP	4	5	snk5		ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς	1	The Lord is near	The phrase **The Lord {is} near** could mean: (1) that the day that Jesus will return is coming soon. Alternate translation: “The Lord will return soon” or “The Lord is coming is near” or “The second coming of the Lord is near” (2) the Lord was near to the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “The Lord is near to you”
 PHP	4	6	w5gk	figs-yousingular	μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	**Be anxious about nothing** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	6	h63g	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	Here, the word **but** shows a contrast between the phrase **Be anxious** and the phrase **by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God**. Consider the best way to show this contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	4	6	mcvt	figs-extrainfo	ἐν παντὶ	1	in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God	The phrase **in everything** could refer to: (1) all situations. Alternate translation: “in all situations” or “in all circumstances.” (2) time. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ PHP	4	9	i8ki	figs-yousingular	πράσσετε	1	And what you learned and receiv
 PHP	4	9	mhvb	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	5	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	Here, the word **and** shows that what follows it is the result of practicing what comes before it. Consider the best way to show this relationship in your language. Alternate translation: “and then” or “and the result will be that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	4	9	y8xg		ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	The phrase **the God of peace** could mean: (1) that God is the giver of peace. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” or “God, who gives peace,” (2) that God is characterized by peace. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” or “our God who is characterized by peace” (3) God, the source of peace and the giver of peace. Alternate translation: “God, who is both the source of peace and the giver of peace,”
 PHP	4	9	poeh	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	And what you learned and received and heard and saw in me	If your readers would better understand it, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an adjective such as “peaceful” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “the God who gives us a peaceful spirit will be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	4	10	pwh9		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Connecting Statement:	See how you translated the phrase **in the Lord** in [Philippians 3:12](../03/12.md).
+PHP	4	10	pwh9		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Connecting Statement:	See how you translated the phrase **in {the} Lord** in [Philippians 3:12](../03/12.md).
 PHP	4	10	xb0n		ὅτι ἤδη ποτὲ ἀνεθάλετε τὸ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ φρονεῖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Alternate translation: “because now at last you revived your concern for me”
 PHP	4	10	ge1l		ἐφ’ ᾧ καὶ ἐφρονεῖτε	1	Connecting Statement:	Alternate translation: “for whom you were certainly worried”
 PHP	4	10	nm86	figs-ellipsis	ἠκαιρεῖσθε δέ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but you did not have a way to demonstrate it” or “but it was not possible for you to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ PHP	4	11	ew5e		οὐχ ὅτι καθ’ ὑστέρησιν λέγω	1	in whate
 PHP	4	11	ts2k		αὐτάρκης εἶναι	1	to be content	Alternate translation: “to be satisfied” or “to be happy”
 PHP	4	11	uj5z	figs-ellipsis	ἐν οἷς εἰμι	1	to be content	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in whatever situation I am in” or “in whatever circumstances I am in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	12	lgp9	figs-explicit	οἶδα καὶ	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	Here, the phrase **I know** means “I know from experience” and refers to what Paul knew from his experience. If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in some way. Alternate translation: “I have learned both how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	4	12	ydod		οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν…καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	The sentence at the beginning of this verse, **I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound** is very similar in meaning to the phrase **and to abounding and to being in need** at the end of this verse. You can combine the beginning sentence and the closing phrase, as modeled by the UST, if you think it will help your readers.
+PHP	4	12	ydod		οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν…καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	The sentence at the beginning of this verse, **I know both {how} to be brought low and I know {how} to abound** is very similar in meaning to the phrase **and to abounding and to being in need** at the end of this verse. You can combine the beginning sentence and the closing phrase, as modeled by the UST, if you think it will help your readers.
 PHP	4	12	usbe	figs-merism	οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	Here, the phrases **to be brought low** and **to abound** refer to two opposite extremes of living and to every living condition between them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I know both how to live with very little and how to live with more than I need” or “I know how to live with very little and I know how to live with plenty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 PHP	4	12	lpld	figs-activepassive	ταπεινοῦσθαι	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **to be brought low** with an active form. Alternate translation: “to live with less” or “to live without things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	4	12	aswc	figs-idiom	ταπεινοῦσθαι	1	I know both how to be brought low and I know how to abound	Here the phrase **to be brought low** is a figurative way of saying “to live with very little.” If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live with very little” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -424,21 +424,21 @@ PHP	4	12	xrp3	figs-explicit	χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν	1	to be
 PHP	4	12	iqtr	figs-merism	χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν	1	to be filled and to be hungry	Here the phrases **to be filled** and **to be hungry** refer to two opposite extremes and to everything in between them. If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to be hungry and to be filled and to everything in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 PHP	4	12	ufv4	figs-ellipsis	περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	to abound and to be in need	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be understandable. If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to have an abundance of things I need and to live contentedly when I do not have certain things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	12	fwes	figs-merism	περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	to abound and to be in need	Here, the phrases **to abound** and **to be in need** refer to two opposite extremes and to everything in between them. If it would help your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to abound and to be in need and to everything in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-PHP	4	13	z1pb	writing-pronouns	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “I can do all things because Christ gives me strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+PHP	4	13	z1pb	writing-pronouns	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, **the one** refers to Christ. Alternate translation: “I can do all things because Christ gives me strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 PHP	4	13	fpo4	figs-explicit	πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με	1	I can do all things in him who strengthens me	Here, **all {things}** refers to all situations. The phrase **I can do all {things}** means “I can handle all situations.” Alternate translation: “I can deal with anything through him who strengthens me” or “I am able to act properly in every situation because Jesus makes me strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	14	fe2z	figs-explicit	συνκοινωνήσαντές μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	The phrase **having shared together in my affliction** means that the Philippian believers helped Paul while he was experiencing difficulties by giving him money and sending Epaphroditus to him. If it would help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by helping me in my affliction through your gift of money and sending Epaphroditus to me” or “by helping me when I faced difficult circumstances by sending Epaphroditus to encourage me and bring me your gift of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	14	ulzo	figs-abstractnouns	μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** with an adjective such as **difficult** or in some other way. Alternate translation: “when I was suffering” or “when I was mistreated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	14	tlur		μου τῇ θλίψει	1	in my affliction	Alternate translation: “in my trials” or “in my troubles” or “in my difficulties”
-PHP	4	15	w23w	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the beginning of the gospel	Here, **in the beginning of the gospel** refers to when Paul first began communicating the gospel message to the Philippians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly the idea behind this phrase. Alternate translation: “when you first heard me preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	4	15	w23w	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the beginning of the gospel	Here, **in {the} beginning of the gospel** refers to when Paul first began communicating the gospel message to the Philippians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly the idea behind this phrase. Alternate translation: “when you first heard me preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	15	npph		τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the beginning of the gospel	See how you translated the phrase **the gospel** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md) and [4:3](../04/03.md).
-PHP	4	15	dyf8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως, εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	You can state **no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone** in the positive. Alternate translation: “you were the only church that shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+PHP	4	15	dyf8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως, εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	You can state **no church shared with me in {the} matter of giving and receiving except you alone** in the positive. Alternate translation: “you were the only church that shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 PHP	4	15	bpc2	figs-explicit	μοι…ἐκοινώνησεν	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Here, **shared with me** means the Philippians helped Paul financially and in other practical ways. Alternate translation: “were partners with” or “helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	15	rgxx		εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the phrase **giving and receiving** could refer either to exchanges that involved money or to exchanges that involved the giving and receiving of non-financial things that would benefit the other party. Here, the phrase **giving and receiving** may refer to both financial and non-financial gifts because the Philippians helped Paul by sending a gift of money via Epaphroditus, who also helped Paul in other ways. Alternate translation: “by sending money and help to me”
 PHP	4	16	getb		ὅτι καὶ ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Alternate translation: “for even when I was in Thessalonica”
 PHP	4	16	puar	figs-idiom	καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	The phrase **both once and twice** is an idiom meaning that something occurred more than one time. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language, or you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “several times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	4	16	lqor	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατε	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Paul is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you sent me money to help me with my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	4	17	bh3t	figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	I seek the fruit that increases to your account	At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	4	18	fs44		ἀπέχω…πάντα	1	I have everything in full	The phrase **I have everything in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **everything** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
+PHP	4	18	fs44		ἀπέχω…πάντα	1	I have everything in full	The phrase **I have all {things} in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **all {things}** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
 PHP	4	18	en6t	figs-explicit	περισσεύω	1	I abound	The phrase **I abound** means that Paul has more than enough of the things that he needs for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have more than enough of the things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	18	p6y1	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	4	18	hte4	translate-names	Ἐπαφροδίτου	1	I abound	**Epaphroditus** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Philippians 2:25](../02/25.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ PHP	4	18	s68v	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτ
 PHP	4	19	r96p	figs-idiom	πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν	1	will fulfill all your needs	The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	4	19	xmk2		κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus	Alternate translation: “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
 PHP	4	20	fba5	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Now to our God	When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian believers, so **our** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-PHP	4	21	h2jr	figs-yousingular	ἀσπάσασθε	1	The brothers	This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+PHP	4	21	h2jr	figs-yousingular	ἀσπάσασθε	1	The brothers	**Greet** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 PHP	4	21	z65a	figs-metaphor	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	21	kaxz	figs-gendernotations	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “The brothers and sisters with me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
 PHP	4	22	rg96	translate-unknown	τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας	1	especially those from the household of Caesar	The phrase **the household of Caesar** refers to the servants who worked in Caesar’s palace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

en_tn_52-COL.tsv

@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ COL	1	1	nlf1	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Throughout this letter the w
 COL	1	1	bqvt	figs-yousingular		0	General Information:	The words “you,” “your,” and “yours” refer to the Colossian believers, and so they are plural unless noted otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 COL	1	1	xnhq	figs-123person	Παῦλος	1		In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the first person here. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 COL	1	1	v9jr	translate-names	Παῦλος	1		Here and throughout the letter, **Paul** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-COL	1	1	yzlo	figs-explicit	καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1		This phrase does not mean that Timothy helped Paul write this letter. Paul was the author of this letter, as he shows by using the first person singular throughout the letter. What this does mean is that Timothy is with Paul and that Timothy is in agreement with what Paul writes. If it sounds in your language like Timothy is writing the letter with Paul, you could make Timothy’s supporting role more clear. Alternate translation: “with the support of Timothy, our fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	1	1	yzlo	figs-explicit	καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1		This phrase does not mean that **Timothy** helped Paul write this letter. Paul was the author of this letter, as he shows by using the first person singular throughout the letter. What this does mean is that Timothy is with Paul and that Timothy is in agreement with what Paul writes. If it sounds in your language like Timothy is writing the letter with Paul, you could make Timothy’s supporting role more clear. Alternate translation: “with the support of Timothy, our fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	1	f3ki	translate-names	Τιμόθεος	1		**Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 COL	1	2	v9x7	figs-123person	τοῖς ἐν Κολοσσαῖς ἁγίοις, καὶ πιστοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ	1		In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would name those to whom they sent the letter, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the recipient of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to you who live in the city of Colossae and who are God’s people and faithful fellow believers who are united to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 COL	1	2	s9x7	figs-doublet	τοῖς…ἁγίοις, καὶ πιστοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ	1		The words **saints**, **faithful brothers**, and **in Christ** all describe people who are followers of Jesus. Paul is using all of these to describe one group of people. For example, he is not implying that **saints** and **faithful brothers in Christ** are two different groups. If using both **saints** and **faithful brothers** would be misunderstood in your language, you could join these together in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “to God’s faithful people, joined together as a family in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	1	2	cqfk	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		After stating his name and the name of the person to whom he is writing, Paul adds a blessing for the Colossians. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and peace within you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus the Messiah” or “I pray that grace and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus the Messiah will always be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-COL	1	2	jzhd	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The words **grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	2	jzhd	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The words **Grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	2	egjk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1		Here and throughout the chapter, **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God, who is our Father,” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples)
 COL	1	3	q1su	figs-exclusive	εὐχαριστοῦμεν…ἡμῶν	1	We give thanks … of our Lord	The word **We** here does not include the Colossians, but the word **our** here does include the Colossians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	1	3	g0sn	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1		Here, **always** is an exaggeration that the Colossians understood to mean that Paul and Timothy prayed for them often. If that would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “consistently” or “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ COL	1	9	f2xd	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἠκούσαμεν, οὐ παυόμ
 COL	1	9	u7zh		ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν	1	from the day we heard this	Alternate translation: “from the day Epaphras told us these things”
 COL	1	9	crnv	figs-hyperbole	οὐ παυόμεθα	1		Here, **have not stopped** is an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to mean that Paul and Timothy pray often for the Colossians. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “have been frequently” or “have made a habit of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	1	9	qxnu	figs-litotes	οὐ παυόμεθα	1		Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “have kept” or “are continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-COL	1	9	w2a7	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ	1	that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will	Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could be filled up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know God’s **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	9	w2a7	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ	1	that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will	Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could **be filled** up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know God’s **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	9	kmea	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῆτε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God would fill you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	9	hson	figs-abstractnouns	πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **knowledge** and **will**, you can express those ideas in another way, such as with verbs. Alternate translation: “you might fully know what he has planned for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	9	s903	figs-infostructure	πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ,	1		Here, **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** identifies how the Colossians are **filled**. The phrase does not describe God’s **will**. If what **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** describes would be misunderstood in your language, you could move the phrase so that it appears immediately after **filled**. Alternate translation: “you might be filled in all wisdom and spiritual understanding with the knowledge of his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 COL	1	9	mzz8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1	in all wisdom and spiritual understanding	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom** and **understanding**, you can express the ideas with adjectives or verbs. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “which includes being spiritually very wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	9	k8x2		σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1		Here, **spiritual wisdom and understanding** could refer to: (1) wisdom and understanding that comes from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding given by the Holy Spirit” (2) wisdom and understanding in spiritual matters. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding about spiritual things”
+COL	1	9	k8x2		σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1		Here, **wisdom and spiritual understanding** could refer to: (1) wisdom and understanding that comes from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding given by the Holy Spirit” (2) wisdom and understanding in spiritual matters. Alternate translation: “wisdom and understanding about spiritual things”
 COL	1	9	w78g	figs-doublet	σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1	in all wisdom and spiritual understanding	The words **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word. Alternate translation: “spiritual comprehension” or “spiritual insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	1	10	m4hf	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to walk worthily of the Lord	Here, the word **walk** is a figurative way to refer to behavior in life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “to behave in the way that the Lord expects you to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	10	vv4g	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν	1	in every pleasing way	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing way** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	10	vfp3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες	1	bearing fruit	Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their fruit. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	10	vv4g	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν	1	in every pleasing way	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing {way}** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	1	10	vfp3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες	1	bearing fruit	Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their **fruit**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	10	b9l1	figs-abstractnouns	αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	11	gxv6	figs-activepassive	δυναμούμενοι	1	being strengthened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea with an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God strengthening you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	11	da4r	figs-possession	τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by God’s **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ COL	1	13	dw5k	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1	t
 COL	1	13	z8b5	figs-possession	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	13	i0sn	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	13	kgvf	figs-metaphor	μετέστησεν	1		Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	13	l2ex	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a kingdom. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	13	l2ex	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a **kingdom**. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	13	o1pl	figs-possession	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	13	zav6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1	of his beloved Son	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father (who is mentioned in the previous verse ([1:12](../01/12.md))) and Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, God the Father’s beloved Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 COL	1	14	qe6x	translate-textvariants	τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν	1	in whom	Some later manuscripts add “through his blood” after **redemption**. Most likely, “through his blood” was accidentally added because of how similar this verse is to [Ephesians 1:7](../eph/01/07.md), which does include “through his blood.” Most likely, you should not include “through his blood” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ COL	1	15	af6b	figs-abstractnouns	πάσης κτίσεως	1	of all creation	If
 COL	1	16	kru3	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα	1	For in him all things were created	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “For in him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	16	zed8	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα	1		Paul here seems to speak as if God created everything inside the Son. This is a metaphor that describes the involvement of the Son when God created all things, which you could clarify by making both the Son and the Father the subjects of **created**. If your language can clearly indicate different types of agency, you could identify God the Father as the primary agent and God the Son as the secondary agent. Alternate translation: “God the Father created all things through the work of God the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	16	ho8g	figs-merism	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Paul refers to two opposite things, the **heavens** and the **earth**, as a way to include not only them but also everything else in what God and his Son created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in every part of the universe” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism)
-COL	1	16	s8h1	figs-merism	τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα	1		Paul refers to two opposite things, the **visible and the invisible**, as another way to refer to everything that God and his Son created. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whether people can see them or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+COL	1	16	s8h1	figs-merism	τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα	1		Paul refers to two opposite things, **the visible** and **the invisible**, as another way to refer to everything that God and his Son created. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whether people can see them or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 COL	1	16	fkic	translate-unknown	εἴτε θρόνοι, εἴτε κυριότητες, εἴτε ἀρχαὶ, εἴτε ἐξουσίαι	1		The words **thrones**, **dominions**, **governments**, and **authorities** here refer to different kinds of angels or other spiritual beings that are not specified as being good or evil. They are examples of what is **invisible**. It may be that the false teachers were teaching that these beings should be worshiped. But Paul is emphasizing here that God the Father created all of these spiritual beings through his Son, and so the Son is much greater than these. If these four words would be misunderstood in your language, you could (1) identify that these are spiritual beings and translate as many of these names as you have different words for. Alternate translation: “Including all spiritual beings, which can be called thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities” (2) use names from your culture that identify different classes of angels or spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “Whether angels or archangels or spirit rulers” (3) summarize without using specific names. Alternate translation: “Including all types of powerful spiritual beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	1	16	zl7j	figs-activepassive	τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται	1	all things were created through him and for him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “through him and for him God created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	16	c3lm		δι’ αὐτοῦ…ἔκτισται	1		The phrase **through him** shows God the Son’s involvement in creating the world with the Father. Alternate translation: “God the Father created by working through the Son”
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ COL	1	18	s12x	figs-metaphor	πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	t
 COL	1	18	ybqn	figs-nominaladj	τῶν νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 COL	1	18	uqrv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων	1		This clause could identify: (1) the result of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is first among all things” (2) the purpose of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “in order that he might be first among all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	1	18	jjgh	figs-metaphor	γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων	1		Paul here describes Jesus as if he were **first** to do or be something. This does not refer to time or sequence, but rather it refers to importance. If the meaning of **first** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable expression or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he himself might become the most important person in all creation” or “he himself might be greater than everything and anybody else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	19	npzz	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		The word **for** provides a reason for previous statements. If **for** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify for which statements this verse gives a reason. These statements could be (1) everything in the previous verse, including the Son’s headship over the church, his founding of the church, his resurrection, and his status as most important. Alternate translation: “He is all these things because” (2) why the Son is first among all things. Alternate translation: “He is first among all things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+COL	1	19	npzz	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		The word **For** provides a reason for previous statements. If **For** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify for which statements this verse gives a reason. These statements could be (1) everything in the previous verse, including the Son’s headship over the church, his founding of the church, his resurrection, and his status as most important. Alternate translation: “He is all these things because” (2) why the Son is first among all things. Alternate translation: “He is first among all things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	1	19	nyos	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		The verb **was pleased** implies a personal subject, which must be God the Father. By using the phrase **all the fullness**, Paul is speaking of everything that God the Father is, either by ellipsis or metonymy. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to make all of his fullness dwell in the Son” or “all the fullness of God the Father was pleased to dwell in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	19	zu89	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		Here, Paul speaks of the Son as though he were a house in which God’s **fullness** could **dwell**. This does not mean that God lives inside of the Son or that the Son is part of God. This means that the Son has all the divinity of God. It means that the Son is fully God just as the Father is fully God. If the metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, you could state it more plainly. Alternate translation: “the Son is fully God in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	19	wmdw	figs-metonymy	πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα	1		In the context, **fullness** stands for the **fullness** of divinity, or everything that characterizes God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clear that **fullness** refers to the **fullness** of God. Alternate translation: “the full divinity of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -98,14 +98,14 @@ COL	1	20	cf2d		τὰ πάντα	1	through the blood of his cross	Here, **all {th
 COL	1	20	c3qd	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρηνοποιήσας	1	through the blood of his cross	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **peace**, you can express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having made things right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	20	as3p	figs-possession	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	through the blood of his cross	Paul uses the possessive form to describe **blood** characterized by **his cross**, which is the location where the blood was shed. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between the two words clearer with a short phrase such as “shed on.” Alternate translation: “the blood shed on his cross.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	20	x5av	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the blood of his cross	Here, **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. If the meaning of **blood** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	1	20	mbra	figs-infostructure	τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all {things}**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you can move the description next to **all {things}**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
-COL	1	20	quxc	figs-merism	εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and **the things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+COL	1	20	mbra	figs-infostructure	τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		The last part of this verse (**whether the {things} on the earth or the {things} in the heavens**) describes **all {things}**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you can move the description next to **all {things}**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
+COL	1	20	quxc	figs-merism	εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		Paul refers to the **{things} on the earth** and the **{things} in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 COL	1	21	kv5u	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ποτε	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **At one time** does not refer to one specific instance in time when the Colossians were alienated from God. Instead, it refers to all the time before they believed in Jesus. If **At one time** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **time** Paul is referring to. Alternate translation: “During the time before you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 COL	1	21	wp3t	figs-activepassive	ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους	1	alienated	If your language does not use this passive form, you can describe the Colossians’ state with an active form. Alternate translation: “did not want a relationship with God” or “were people who did not want to be near God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	21	rn6l	figs-explicit	ἀπηλλοτριωμένους, καὶ ἐχθροὺς	1		Paul assumes that the Colossians will know from whom they were **alienated** and with whom they were **enemies**: God. If your language would include this implied information, you could include a reference to “God” in this sentence. Alternate translation: “alienated from God and were his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	21	wa9m	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς,	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **thought** and **deeds**, you can express the ideas with relative clauses. Alternate translation: “in what you thought, in what you did that was evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	22	f8yw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	νυνὶ δὲ	1		The word **now** does not refer to the moment at which Paul writes this letter or the moment at which it is read to the Colossians. Instead, it refers to the time since they believed, including the present moment. This follows as a sequence to the previous verse, which referred to the time when they had not yet believed. If the meaning of **now** would be misunderstood your language, you could add a phrase such as “that you have believed.” Alternate translation: “But now that you have faith in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 COL	1	22	vvl1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		The word **But** here introduces a strong contrast from the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast from what was just said. Alternate translation: “Instead of that,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+COL	1	22	f8yw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	νυνὶ	1		The word **now** does not refer to the moment at which Paul writes this letter or the moment at which it is read to the Colossians. Instead, it refers to the time since they believed, including the present moment. This follows as a sequence to the previous verse, which referred to the time when they had not yet believed. If the meaning of **now** would be misunderstood your language, you could add a phrase such as “that you have believed.” Alternate translation: “now that you have faith in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 COL	1	22	x2pl	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the phrase **the body of his flesh** to refer to Jesus and everything that he did while in a human body. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by Jesus in his physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	22	iftn	figs-possession	τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul describes Jesus’ **body** that is characterized by **flesh**. This refers to Jesus’ body during his earthly life, not his glorified body after the resurrection. If **the body of his flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that makes this idea clear. Alternate translation: “his physical body” or “his body before the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	22	d2x4	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ θανάτου	1		Here, Paul has not stated whose **death** this is. This **death** is not that of the Colossians but that of Jesus on the cross. If your language would state who died, you could add a possessive word to clarify. Alternate translation: “through his death” or “through Jesus’ death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -122,33 +122,33 @@ COL	1	23	prwf	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελ
 COL	1	23	d9kg	figs-activepassive	τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1	which was proclaimed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. You could: (1) change **proclaimed** to “heard” and make **every creature** the subject. Alternate translation: “which every creature that is under heaven has heard” (2) specify that “fellow believers” is the subject of **proclaimed**. Alternate translation: “which fellow believers have proclaimed to every creature that is under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	23	q21b	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1	to every creature that is under heaven	Here Paul uses an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to emphasize how far the good news has spread. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or qualify the claim. Alternate translation: “to people in many different places” or “to people in every place we know about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	1	23	lptz	translate-unknown	τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1		In Paul’s culture, **under heaven** refers to the visible part of creation that humans regularly interact with. It excludes spiritual beings, the stars, and anything else in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **under heaven** with a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “that is on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	1	23	g8iq	figs-personification	οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος διάκονος	1	of which I, Paul, became a servant	Here Paul speaks as if the good news were a person of whom he could become **a servant**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could explain that Paul is **a servant** of God, but his task from God is to proclaim the good news. Alternate translation: “which I, Paul, proclaim as God has commanded me, his servant, to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+COL	1	23	g8iq	figs-personification	οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος διάκονος	1	of which I, Paul, became a servant	Here **Paul** speaks as if the good news were a person of whom he could become **a servant**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could explain that Paul is **a servant** of God, but his task from God is to proclaim the good news. Alternate translation: “which I, Paul, proclaim as God has commanded me, his servant, to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 COL	1	24	z01x	grammar-connect-words-phrases	νῦν	1		The word **Now** indicates that Paul wishes to tell the Colossians how he is currently serving the gospel. It does not indicate a change of topic, as it sometimes does in English. If **Now** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a longer phrase to express this idea. Alternate translation: “While I write this letter,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	1	24	gq1n		ἐν τοῖς παθήμασιν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν	1		Alternate translation: “while I suffer for your sake”
-COL	1	24	fm9y	figs-metaphor	ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου	1	I fill up in my flesh	Paul speaks of his **flesh** as if it were a container that could **fill** up with **afflictions**. By this, he means that his bodily sufferings function to satisfy a specific purpose, which here is to finish what **Christ** started with his **afflictions**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “with my bodily suffering, I finish what the Messiah started when he suffered. I do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	24	fm9y	figs-metaphor	ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου	1	I fill up in my flesh	Paul speaks of his **flesh** as if it were a container that could **fill up** with **afflictions**. By this, he means that his bodily sufferings function to satisfy a specific purpose, which here is to finish what **Christ** started with his **afflictions**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “with my bodily suffering, I finish what the Messiah started when he suffered. I do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	24	nb2g	figs-explicit	τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul is not saying that there is a **lack** in Christ’s **afflictions** because those **afflictions** did not succeed in doing what they were supposed to do. Instead, the **lack** refers to what Christ wished for his disciples to do as his servants. The **lack**, then, is something that Christ intentionally did not accomplish, because he wanted Paul to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase **lack** so that it is clearer that Christ intentionally left something for Paul to do. Alternate translation: “the afflictions that Christ has called me to suffer to complete his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	24	k5yd	figs-possession	τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul uses two possessive forms to speak about the **lack** that characterizes the **afflictions** that **Christ** suffered. If your language would not use possessive forms to express that idea, you could express the idea with a relative clause or two clauses. Alternate translation: “what Christ, when he suffered, left for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	24	mge9	figs-metaphor	τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	for the sake of his body, which is the church	Here Paul speaks of the **church** as if it were Christ’s **body**, and he provides the explanation of what **body** means. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the **church** first and then identify it as his **body**. Alternate translation: “the church, which is his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	25	gc4m	figs-explicit	ἧς ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος	1		If your language would specify who called Paul to be a servant of the church, you could rephrase this clause so that God is the subject and Paul is the object. Alternate translation: “God appointed me to be a servant of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	1	25	gc4m	figs-explicit	ἧς ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος	1		If your language would specify who called Paul to be **a servant** of the church, you could rephrase this clause so that God is the subject and Paul is the object. Alternate translation: “God appointed me to be a servant of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	25	j4xm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν οἰκονομίαν	1		The word **stewardship** refers to managing a household or, more generally, to directing any group or process. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **stewardship**, you can replace the word with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “authoritative oversight” or “superintending authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	25	t0oa	figs-possession	τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **stewardship** that could (1) come from God. Alternate translation: “the stewardship from God” (2) belong to God and be **given** to Paul. Alternate translation: “God’s own stewardship” or “God’s own oversight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	25	s0ax	figs-activepassive	τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “that God gave to me” or “that he gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	1	25	t6ud	figs-possession	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Paul uses the possessive form to describe a word that is (1) from God. Alternate translation: “the word that came from God” (2) about God. Alternate translation: “the word about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	1	25	t6ud	figs-possession	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Paul uses the possessive form to describe **the word** that is (1) from God. Alternate translation: “the word that came from God” (2) about God. Alternate translation: “the word about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	25	elpv	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message from God” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	26	f3mt	figs-activepassive	τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον	1	the mystery that had been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God had hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	1	26	ijtl	translate-unknown	τὸ μυστήριον	1		Here Paul calls “the word of God,” from [1:25](../01/25.md), a **mystery**. This does not mean that it is hard to understand, but rather, it had not yet been revealed. Now, however, Paul says that it “has been revealed.” If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that has been revealed, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+COL	1	26	ijtl	translate-unknown	τὸ μυστήριον	1		Here Paul calls “the word of God,” from [1:25](../01/25.md), **the mystery**. This does not mean that it is hard to understand, but rather, it had not yet been revealed. Now, however, Paul says that it “has been revealed.” If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that has been revealed, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	1	26	emw6	figs-explicit	τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν	1		This clause does not mean that the **ages** and the **generations** were unable to understand the “mystery.” Instead, **from the ages** and **from the generations** refer to the time during which the mystery was hidden. Those from whom the mystery was hidden are not expressed explicitly, but it is clear that they are those who were alive during those times. If your language would express explicitly those from whom the mystery was hidden, you could insert it into the sentence. Alternate translation: “that has been hidden from the people who lived during the ages and in the generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	26	z8gv	translate-unknown	ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν	1	from the ages and from the generations	These phrases speak about the passage of time. The word **ages** refers to periods of time that are marked off by specific boundaries (often major events), while the word **generations** refers to time periods marked off by human birth and death. The **mystery** has been **hidden** during all these time periods up until the present time. If these phrases would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent expressions or short phrases. Alternate translation: “during all time periods, while people were born and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	1	26	ipfn	figs-explicit	νῦν δὲ	1		The word **now** does not refer to the time during which Paul wrote this letter. Instead, it contrasts with the **ages** and **generations** and refers to the time or “age” after the work of Jesus. If **now** would be misunderstood in your language, you could further identify what time **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “but now that Jesus has come, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	1	26	ipfn	figs-explicit	νῦν	1		The word **now** does not refer to the time during which Paul wrote this letter. Instead, it contrasts with the **ages** and **generations** and refers to the time or “age” after the work of Jesus. If **now** would be misunderstood in your language, you could further identify what time **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “now that Jesus has come, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	26	a9kw	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη	1	now has been revealed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has revealed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	27	c8yb	figs-metaphor	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου	1	the riches of the glory of this mystery	Paul emphasizes the scope of **the glory** by speaking as if it had wealth or **riches**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable statement or express the idea with an adverb such as “very” or an adjective such as “abundant.” Alternate translation: “the abundant glory of this mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	27	axm7	figs-possession	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to connect **riches** to **glory**, which then characterizes the **mystery**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express that idea, you could translate both **riches** and **glory** as adjectives or adverbs describing the **mystery**. Alternate translation: “this richly glorious mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	27	mj8z	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a description word. Alternate translation: “this richly glorious mystery” or “this abundantly wonderful mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	27	hm8q		ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		This could refer to: (1) how the mystery applies to all people, including **Gentiles**. Alternate translation: “that applies to every person, including the Gentiles” (2) where God makes the mystery known. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles”
+COL	1	27	hm8q		ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) how the mystery applies to all people, including **Gentiles**. Alternate translation: “that applies to every person, including the Gentiles” (2) where God makes the mystery known. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles”
 COL	1	27	c7ln	figs-metaphor	Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Christ in you	Paul speaks of the believers as if they were containers in which **Christ** is present. The expression means basically the same thing as “you in Christ.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use the same translation you have used for being “in Christ.” Alternate translation: “your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	27	mr83	figs-possession	ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης	1	the hope of glory	Here Paul speaks of a **hope** that relates to **glory**. This could refer to: (1) hoping for, or expecting, glory. Alternate translation: “the expectation of becoming glorious” (2) a hope that is glorious. Alternate translation: “the glorious hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	27	nkz3	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης	1	the hope of glory	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **hope** and **glory**, you can express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “with whom we can expect to share his glorious life” or “who makes us confidently hope for living with him in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	28	va1x	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν…παραστήσωμεν	1	We proclaim … we may present	The pronoun **we** in this verse does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+COL	1	28	va1x	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν…παραστήσωμεν	1	We proclaim … we may present	The pronoun **We** in this verse does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	1	28	lyz1	figs-explicit	πάντα ἄνθρωπον	-1	so that we may present every man	Here, **every man** refers to every person whom Paul has told about Jesus. If **every man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “every man whom we talk to … each of them … each of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	28	pwff	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	-1		Here, the word **man** does not refer to only male people but to any human being. If **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to humans in general. Alternate translation: “human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	1	28	y1sb	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ σοφίᾳ	1		Here Paul speaks when he says that he uses **all wisdom**, by which he means that he uses all of the wisdom that he possesses. He does not mean that he possesses all the wisdom that exists. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the wisdom that we have” or “all of the wisdom that God has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -163,17 +163,17 @@ COL	2	intro	p3uc			0		# Colossians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Forma
 COL	2	1	tt6v	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **For** introduces the reason why Paul told them in [1:29](../01/29.md) about how hard he works. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the transition more explicit. Alternate translation: “I tell you about my hard work because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	2	1	dqg5	figs-metaphor	ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω	1	how great a struggle I have for you	Here, the word **struggle** is directly related to the word “striving” in [1:29](../01/29.md). Just as in that verse, it is usually used for striving to win a contest, whether athletic, legal, or military. Paul uses the word here to indicate how much he cares for the Colossians and how hard he works for their benefit. If that meaning of **struggle** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “how much care I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	1	xoih	figs-abstractnouns	ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **struggle**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun by combining it with the verb **have** and using a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “how much I struggle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	2	1	fn4z	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί	1	those at Laodicea	This list includes the Colossians and the Laodiceans among those who have not seen Paul’s **face in the flesh**. If this inclusion would be misunderstood in your language, you could reverse the order of the list and include **you** and **those at Laodicea** among those who **have not seen** Paul’s face. Alternate translation: “for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh, including you and those at Laodicea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	2	1	rj7d	figs-idiom	οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί	1	as many as have not seen my face in the flesh	In Paul’s culture, seeing a **face in the flesh** refers to meeting someone in person. If the meaning of **have not seen my face in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “have not personally made my acquaintance” or “have not personally met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	2	1	fn4z	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί	1	those at Laodicea	This list includes the Colossians and the Laodiceans among those who have not seen Paul’s **face in {the} flesh**. If this inclusion would be misunderstood in your language, you could reverse the order of the list and include **you** and **the ones at Laodicea** among those who **have not seen** Paul’s face. Alternate translation: “for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh, including you and those at Laodicea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	2	1	rj7d	figs-idiom	οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί	1	as many as have not seen my face in the flesh	In Paul’s culture, seeing a **face in {the} flesh** refers to meeting someone in person. If the meaning of **have not seen my face in {the} flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “have not personally made my acquaintance” or “have not personally met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	2	ge1w	figs-123person	αὐτῶν	1	so that their hearts	Paul here switches from the second person to the third person because he wishes to include everyone he has not met in person, including the Colossians. If this switch would be misunderstood in your language, you could (1) use the second person from the previous verse but make it clear that this includes everyone Paul has not met in person. Alternate translation “your hearts and their” (2) retain the third person here and reverse the list in the previous verse as suggested by the note there (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 COL	2	2	oyih	figs-activepassive	παρακληθῶσιν αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν, συμβιβασθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express these verbs in their active forms, with Paul as the subject of the “encouraging” and God as the subject of the “bringing together.” Alternate translation: “I might encourage their hearts, with God bringing them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	2	spxx	figs-synecdoche	αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν	1		Here when Paul refers to **their hearts**, the Colossians would have understood him to mean the entire person. Paul uses **hearts** because his culture identified **hearts** as the body part where people experienced encouragement. If that meaning of **their hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies the location where people experience encouragement in your culture, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-COL	2	2	a4px	figs-metaphor	πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας	1	having been brought together	Paul here speaks as if **full assurance** could be characterized as having **all the riches**. He uses this metaphor to describe **the full assurance** as complete and valuable. If **all the riches of the full assurance** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the complete and valuable full assurance” or “all the blessings of the full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	2	a4px	figs-metaphor	πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας	1	having been brought together	Paul here speaks as if **full assurance** could be characterized as having **all {the} riches**. He uses this metaphor to describe **the full assurance** as complete and valuable. If **all {the} riches of the full assurance** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the complete and valuable full assurance” or “all the blessings of the full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	2	kdg8	figs-possession	τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως	1	all the riches of the full assurance of understanding	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **full assurance** that is gained from **understanding**. From the rest of the verse, it is clear that what is “understood” is **the mystery of God**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a relative clause to translate **of understanding**. Alternate translation: “of the full assurance that comes from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	2	qgi2	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of the mystery of God	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **full assurance**, **understanding**, and **knowledge**, you can express the ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “having all the riches that come when they completely trust God because they understand, that is, they know the mystery of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	2	ahpn	figs-doublet	τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν	1	of the mystery of God	Here, the words **understanding** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both words to emphasize the breadth of spiritual knowledge he speaks about. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word or translate **understanding** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	2	2	v13e	figs-possession	ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου	1	Christ	Here, Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **knowledge** about the **mystery**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate **knowledge** with a verb such as “knowing” or use different prepositions, such as “about.” Alternate translation: “knowing about the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	2	v9az	figs-possession	τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul here uses the possessive form to speak about a **mystery** that comes from **God**. Only **God** can reveal the content of this **mystery**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God reveals” or “the mystery known by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	2	2	v9az	figs-possession	τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul here uses the possessive form to speak about **the mystery** that comes from **God**. Only **God** can reveal the content of this **mystery**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God reveals” or “the mystery known by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	3	o2ob	figs-explicit	ἐν ᾧ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly to whom the word **whom** refers. The word **whom** could refer to: (1) the mystery. Alternate translation: “in this mystery” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “in the Messiah.” Since [2:2](../02/02.md) identifies the mystery with Christ, both options express what Paul is saying, so pick the option that most clearly communicates the idea in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	3	w74d	figs-activepassive	εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι	1	in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden	If your language does not use this form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	3	vhsr	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ…ἀπόκρυφοι	1		Paul here speaks of the Messiah as if he were a container that could “hide” **treasures**. He speaks this way to emphasize the value of what Christians receive from God when they are united to the Messiah. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from whom all the blessings … can be received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -184,12 +184,12 @@ COL	2	4	j8di	figs-explicit	τοῦτο	1	might deceive	The word **this** refers
 COL	2	4	ksh8		μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται	1		Alternate translation: “people cannot deceive you”
 COL	2	4	y4r3	translate-unknown	πιθανολογίᾳ	1	persuasive speech	The phrase **persuasive speech** refers to arguments that appear plausible. The phrase itself does not suggest that the arguments are true or false, but the context here suggests that the arguments are false even though they sound believable. If **persuasive speech** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “plausible arguments” or “words that sound true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	5	ydw1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		The word **For** introduces further support for why the Colossians should not be “deceived” ([2:4](../02/04.md)). Even if Paul is physically absent, he is thinking about them and caring for them. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could specify what the word **For** is supporting. Alternate translation: “This persuasive speech is false because,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-COL	2	5	ubd9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…καὶ	1		Paul speaks as if being “absent” were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language would not use a conditional statement for something that is a current fact, you could translate these words as an affirmation. Alternate translation: “while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+COL	2	5	ubd9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…καὶ	1		Paul speaks as if being **absent** were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language would not use a conditional statement for something that is a current fact, you could translate these words as an affirmation. Alternate translation: “while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 COL	2	5	g1rp	figs-idiom	τῇ σαρκὶ ἄπειμι	1	I am absent in the flesh	In Paul’s culture, being **absent in the flesh** is a figurative way to speak about not being present in person. If **absent in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not there with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	2	5	fz3t	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		The word **yet** introduces a contrast with “absent in the flesh.” While the Colossians might expect that, since Paul is “absent in the flesh,” he is also absent “in the spirit,” Paul says the opposite: he is with them “in the spirit.” Use a word that indicates contrast or contraexpectation in your language. Alternate translation: “despite this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+COL	2	5	fz3t	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		The word **yet** introduces a contrast with **absent in the flesh**. While the Colossians might expect that, since Paul is **absent in the flesh**, he is also absent “in the spirit,” Paul says the opposite: he is with them **in the spirit**. Use a word that indicates contrast or contraexpectation in your language. Alternate translation: “despite this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 COL	2	5	bz56	figs-idiom	τῷ πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμι	1	I am with you in the spirit	In Paul’s culture, being with someone **in the spirit** is a figurative way to speak of thinking about and caring about that person. If **with you in the spirit** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “I am still connected to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	5	yvvr		τῷ πνεύματι	1	I am with you in the spirit	Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) Paul’s spirit, which would be the part of him that rejoices over the Colossians from a distance. Alternate translation: “in my spirit” (2) the Holy Spirit, which connects Paul with the Colossians, even though they are not physically together. Alternate translation: “in God’s Spirit” or “by the power of God’s Spirit”
-COL	2	5	w0ye	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	χαίρων καὶ βλέπων	1		Here, **rejoicing and seeing** are what Paul does while he is with them “in the spirit.” If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the relationship between the ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: (adding a period after “spirit”) “When I think about you, I rejoice and see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+COL	2	5	w0ye	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	χαίρων καὶ βλέπων	1		Here, **rejoicing and seeing** are what Paul does while he is with them **in the spirit**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the relationship between the ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: (adding a period after “spirit”) “When I think about you, I rejoice and see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	2	5	t8mc	figs-hendiadys	χαίρων καὶ βλέπων	1		Paul here expresses a single idea with the two words **rejoicing** and **seeing**. He means that he “rejoices” when he “sees.” If **rejoicing and seeing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by translating **rejoicing** as an adverb or prepositional phrase. Alternate translation: “joyfully seeing” or “seeing with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 COL	2	5	ev9p	translate-unknown	ὑμῶν τὴν τάξιν	1	good order	The phrase **good order** refers to behavior that properly fits into a larger pattern or arrangement. In the context, that larger pattern is what God expects of his people. If **good order** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable term or translate the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “the fact that you behave according to God’s standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	5	hth1	figs-possession	τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	the strength of your faith	Paul uses the possessive form to describe the Colossians’ **faith** as something that has **strength**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express this idea, you can express the idea by translating **strength** with an adjective such as “strong.” Alternate translation: “your strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ COL	2	8	t8xx	figs-metaphor	κενῆς ἀπάτης	1	empty deceit	Paul speaks
 COL	2	8	l9jt	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the tradition of men … the elemental teaching of the world	The **tradition of men** refers to the ways in which humans behave that they learned from their families and pass on to their children. If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea of **tradition**, you can a phrase that refers to traditions that are passed on from parents to children. Alternate translation: “customary human thinking and behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	8	oy49	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the tradition of men … the elemental teaching of the world	Although the word **men** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If **men** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	2	8	jg16	translate-unknown	τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου	1		The phrase **elemental teaching** could refer to (1) basic human opinions about how the world works. Alternate translation: “human worldviews” (2) the spiritual powers of this world. Alternate translation: “spiritual beings that rule the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	9	slg7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		The word **for** introduces a reason why the Colossians need to watch out for anyone who provides teaching that is “not according to Christ” ([2:8](../02/08.md)): Christ is God and provides access to God. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make what Paul is supporting more explicit. Alternate translation: “You must beware of any teaching without Christ, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+COL	2	9	slg7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		The word **For** introduces a reason why the Colossians need to watch out for anyone who provides teaching that is “not according to Christ” ([2:8](../02/08.md)): Christ is God and provides access to God. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make what Paul is supporting more explicit. Alternate translation: “You must beware of any teaching without Christ, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	2	9	ahq5	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος σωματικῶς	1	in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form	Paul speaks as if Jesus were a place in which complete divinity (**fullness of deity**) lives (**dwells**). This metaphor indicates that Jesus, who is human (**in bodily form**), is truly and fully God. If this metaphor does not indicate Jesus’ full divinity and full humanity in your language, you could express this idea with a metaphor that does indicate this or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he is both fully God and fully man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	9	m529	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος	1	in him all the fullness of God dwells in bodily form	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **fullness** and **deity**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that it means to be God” or “everything that belongs fully to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	10	oykt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1		The word **and** introduces another reason why the Colossians need to watch out for anyone who provides teaching that is “not according to Christ” ([2:8](../02/08.md)): not only is Christ fully God ([2:9](../02/09.md)), but he provides the way in which the Colossians are filled with everything they need. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this link more explicit. Alternate translation: “and furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ COL	2	13	oxde	writing-pronouns	ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν το
 COL	2	13	c40c	grammar-connect-time-background	νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		This clause does not refer to the current situation of the Colossians, but rather it describes their situation before God acted to make them alive, as expressed in the rest of the verse. If the time of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that this clause describes a time before **he made you alive**. Alternate translation: “who used to be dead in the trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 COL	2	13	v6vi	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας	1	you, being dead	Paul speaks of people who are without Christ as if they were dead. By this he means that those who lack any relationship with God and are not united to Christ are spiritually dead. If calling the Colossians **dead** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual death or express the idea with a simile, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “you, being like dead people” or “you, being totally separated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	13	emdw	figs-metaphor	νεκροὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		When Paul speaks of someone **being dead in** something, this identifies both why and in what state the person is dead. In other words, the Colossians were **dead** because of their **trespasses** and because of their **uncircumcision**, and these things also characterized them while they were dead. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a phrase like “because of,” or you could translate **trespasses** and **uncircumcision** as descriptors of **dead**. Alternate translation: “being dead because of your trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh” or “being dead, that is, trespassing God’s commands and being uncircumcised in your flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	13	pphm	translate-unknown	τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		Here, **uncircumcision** could refer (1) to how the Colossians were not circumcised Jews and thus not part of God’s people. Alternate translation: “among the non-Jews without God’s promises” (2) to the metaphor about circumcision in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “apart from God’s saving work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+COL	2	13	pphm	translate-unknown	τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		Here, **the uncircumcision** could refer (1) to how the Colossians were not circumcised Jews and thus not part of God’s people. Alternate translation: “among the non-Jews without God’s promises” (2) to the metaphor about circumcision in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “apart from God’s saving work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	13	gdke	figs-possession	τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **flesh** that has not been “circumcised.” If your language does not express this idea with the possessive form, you can translate **uncircumcision** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “your uncircumcised flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	13	f9ms	figs-metaphor	συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ	1	you, being dead … he made you alive together	Here Paul speaks of God’s work in restoring people to himself as if he brought these people back to life physically. If this image would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul speaks of spiritual life or express the idea with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “he did something like making you alive together with him” or “he restored you to proper relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	13	upyk	writing-pronouns	συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς σὺν αὐτῷ	1		The word **he** refers to God the Father, while the word translated **him** refers to God the Son. If these pronouns would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify the antecedent of one or both of these pronouns. Alternate translation: “he made you alive together with the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -250,21 +250,20 @@ COL	2	14	o5mx	figs-metaphor	προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ
 COL	2	15	gh24	figs-metaphor	ἀπεκδυσάμενος…ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παρρησίᾳ…θριαμβεύσας	1	he made a public spectacle of them	Here Paul speaks of God’s victory over powerful spiritual beings in terms that fit with what a conqueror often did to his prisoners in Paul’s culture. He would make a **public spectacle** or example of them, “stripping” them of their clothes and forcing them to parade behind him in his “triumph.” If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express these ideas with a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “having defeated … he showed everyone that he had conquered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	15	pbkm	translate-unknown	τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας	1		Just as in [1:16](../01/16.md) and [2:10](../02/10.md), the **rulers** and **authorities** could refer to (1) powerful spiritual beings that rule this world. Alternate translation: “the spiritual powers, including those known as rulers and authorities” (2) anybody or anything that rules and has authority. Alternate translation: “those who rule with authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	15	h7kx		ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Alternate translation: “by the cross” or “through the cross”
-COL	2	15	cg37	figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ	1	in the cross	Here Paul uses **the cross** to refer to Christ’s death on the cross. If the meaning of **cross** would be misunderstood in your language, you could include a word or a phrase which includes Christ’s death. Alternate translation: “the Messiah’s death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	2	16	bvs7	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** draws an inference or conclusion from what Paul has already said, which can be found in [2:9–15](../02/09.md): in the work of Christ, the Colossians have received new life and the powers that rule this world have been defeated. Because of these things that have happened, the Colossians should not allow others to judge them in how they behave. Paul is continuing the warning against false teachers that he started in [2:8](../02/08.md). If these connections would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to these ideas more explicitly or use a comparable transition word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In light of all these things” or “Given the Messiah’s sufficient work on your behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-COL	2	16	e1rp	figs-imperative	μὴ…τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not have third-person imperatives, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “you should not let anyone judge you” or “do not permit anyone to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+COL	2	16	e1rp	figs-imperative3p	μὴ…τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not have third-person imperatives, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “you should not let anyone judge you” or “do not permit anyone to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
 COL	2	16	cii9	figs-explicit	ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει, ἢ ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς, ἢ νουμηνίας, ἢ Σαββάτων	1	in food or in drink	This list of areas in which someone might judge the Colossians refers to parts of the law of Moses. Some of these areas were also important for other religions in Paul’s culture. If Paul’s list of things that someone could **judge** the Colossians in would be misunderstood in your translation, you could clarify that these areas are covered by the law of Moses and sometimes by the traditions of other religions as well. Alternate translation: “for you how behave in relationship to the law of Moses and other religious traditions, including in the areas of food and drink and festivals, new moons or Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	16	b4kd	figs-metonymy	νουμηνίας	1	in regard to a festival, or a new moon, or Sabbaths	The word **new moon** refers to a festival or celebration that would take place when it was the time of the new moon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or translate the idea with a longer phrase. Alternate translation: “a new moon celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	2	17	ip3a	figs-metaphor	ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	which are a shadow of the things coming, but the body is of Christ	A **shadow** shows the shape and outline of a **body**, but it is not the **body** itself. In a similar way, the things listed in the previous verse show the shape and outline of the **things coming**, but the **body** that casts this **shadow** is **Christ**. He is the substance of the **things coming**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “which are a foretaste of the things coming, but the full experience is of Christ” or “which hint at the things that were to come, but Christ is the one who came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	17	sev8	figs-possession	σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων	1		Paul here uses the possession form to show that the **shadow** is cast by the **things coming**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a shadow cast by the things coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	2	17	ip3a	figs-metaphor	ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	which are a shadow of the things coming, but the body is of Christ	A **shadow** shows the shape and outline of a **body**, but it is not the **body** itself. In a similar way, the things listed in the previous verse show the shape and outline of the **{things} coming**, but the **body** that casts this **shadow** is **Christ**. He is the substance of the **{things} coming**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “which are a foretaste of the things coming, but the full experience is of Christ” or “which hint at the things that were to come, but Christ is the one who came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	17	sev8	figs-possession	σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων	1		Paul here uses the possession form to show that the **shadow** is cast by the **{things} coming**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a shadow cast by the things coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	17	liqe	translate-unknown	τῶν μελλόντων	1		The **things coming** primarily refers to things that will happen or be experienced in the future. They can be connected with both the first and the second coming of Christ, which is why the **body** is of Christ in this verse. If that meaning of **coming** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **coming** refers to what Christ has blessed believers with at his first coming and what he will bless them with at his second coming. Alternate translation: “blessings that Christ brings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	17	ykh9	figs-possession	τὸ…σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify **Christ** as the **body** that casts the “shadow.” If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could express the idea with a simple “being” verb. Alternate translation: “the body is Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	18	aa4v	figs-gendernotations	μηδεὶς…ἑόρακεν…αὐτοῦ	1		The words **no one**, **he**, and **his** do not refer to one male person. Instead, they refer in a generic way to anyone who acts in these ways. If the meaning of these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words with a comparable generic phrase in your language or make them plural. Alternate translation: “no one … they have seen … their” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-COL	2	18	ontu	figs-imperative	μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone … deprive you of your prize” or “Be on your guard against anyone … so that he does not deprive you of your prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+COL	2	18	ontu	figs-imperative3p	μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω	1		This phrase translates a third-person imperative. If your language has third-person imperatives, you could use one here. If your language does not, you can use a comparable phrase or express the idea with a second-person imperative. Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone … deprive you of your prize” or “Be on your guard against anyone … so that he does not deprive you of your prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
 COL	2	18	zv2t	figs-metaphor	μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω	1	Let no one … deprive you of your prize	Here Paul refers to the false teachers as if they were judges or umpires at a contest who could decide against the Colossians, thus keeping them from receiving the prize for winning the contest. This metaphor fits with the “judging” language in [2:16](../02/16.md). These two verses together suggest that the Colossians are tempted to choose the false teachers as their judges instead of Christ. If these figures of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “Let no one … act instead of Christ as your judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	18	b5ce	figs-abstractnouns	ταπεινοφροσύνῃ	1	delighting in false humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **humility**, you can express the idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “humbling themselves falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	18	pmcn	figs-possession	θρησκείᾳ τῶν ἀγγέλων	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe the act of worshiping angels, not the worship that angels present to God. If **worship of the angels** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify with a phrase such as “presented to.” Alternate translation: “worship presented to the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	2	18	kn5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμβατεύων	1	standing on things he has seen	Here Paul speaks as if the false teachers were **standing** on “things they have seen.” This metaphor means that they talk about what they have seen and base teachings on it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate **standing** with a verb that expresses this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “constantly talking about” or “basing his teaching on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	18	kn5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμβατεύων	1	standing on things he has seen	Here Paul speaks as if the false teachers were **standing on things** they have seen. This metaphor means that they talk about what they have seen and base teachings on it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate **standing** with a verb that expresses this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “constantly talking about” or “basing his teaching on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	18	p67q	figs-explicit	ἃ ἑόρακεν	1		In the context of angel worship, **things he has seen** refers to visions and dreams that reveal powerful beings, heaven, the future, or other secrets. If these implications would not be understood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these kinds of visions or dreams or use a phrase to express the idea. Alternate translation: “things he has seen in visions” or “secrets revealed to him in visions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	18	p7q4	figs-activepassive	εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1	becoming puffed up without cause by the mind of his flesh	If your language does not use this passive form, you can translate the phrase in its active form. Alternate translation: “the mind of his flesh puffing him up without cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	18	wp42	figs-metaphor	φυσιούμενος	1	becoming puffed up	Here Paul describes people who boast as if they had made themselves larger by filling themselves with air. He means that they think of themselves as more important than they really are. If **becoming puffed up** would not mean “becoming prideful” in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “becoming self-important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -280,9 +279,9 @@ COL	2	20	cpki	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀπεθάνετε σὺν
 COL	2	20	yg7h	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ	1	If you died with Christ from the elemental principles of the world	Paul now returns to a metaphor he has used earlier: believers have died and “been buried with” Christ ([2:12](../02/12.md)). This means that, in their union with Christ, believers share in his death so that they too have died. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use the language of analogy, or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	20	oshk	figs-idiom	ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ ἀπὸ	1		To “die from” something does not identify what caused the death, but rather it indicates what the death separated the person from. Here, then, the Colossians were separated from the **elemental principles** by participating in Christ’s death. If “dying” **from** something would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you died with Christ, which separated you from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	2	20	ydqo	translate-unknown	τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ κόσμου	1		As in [2:8](../02/08.md), the word **elemental principles** could refer to (1) the spiritual powers of this world. Alternate translation: “the powerful spiritual beings in this world” (2) basic human opinions about how the world works. Alternate translation: “the basic things that humans teach about the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	20	uu77	figs-infostructure	τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δογματίζεσθε	1	as living in the world, are you being subjected to its decrees	If this structure would be difficult to understand in your language, you could move the phrase **as living in the world** to the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “why are you being subjected to the world’s decrees as living in the world” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
-COL	2	20	ywkx	figs-metaphor	ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Paul uses the verb **living** to describe the Colossian’s way of life. They are indeed physically alive and in the world, but he wants them to behave in ways that do not match what people **in the world** normally do. If **living in the world** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a verbal phrase such as “belonging to” or “conforming to.” Alternate translation: “belonging to the world” or “conforming to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	2	20	xm1v	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		In this context, the word **as** introduces something that is not true: the Colossians do not actually live **in the world**. If **as** would be misunderstood your language, you could clarify that **living in the world** is not true of the Colossians, using a phrase such as “as if.” Alternate translation: “as if living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+COL	2	20	uu77	figs-infostructure	τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δογματίζεσθε	1	as living in the world, are you being subjected to its decrees	If this structure would be difficult to understand in your language, you could move the phrase **as living in {the} world** to the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “why are you being subjected to the world’s decrees as living in the world” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
+COL	2	20	ywkx	figs-metaphor	ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Paul uses the verb **living** to describe the Colossian’s way of life. They are indeed physically alive and in the world, but he wants them to behave in ways that do not match what people **in {the} world** normally do. If **living in {the} world** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a verbal phrase such as “belonging to” or “conforming to.” Alternate translation: “belonging to the world” or “conforming to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	20	xm1v	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		In this context, the word **as** introduces something that is not true: the Colossians do not actually live **in {the} world**. If **as** would be misunderstood your language, you could clarify that **living in {the} world** is not true of the Colossians, using a phrase such as “as if.” Alternate translation: “as if living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 COL	2	20	fe1k	figs-rquestion	τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δογματίζεσθε	1	of the world	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. Here, there is no answer to the question, since that is exactly Paul’s point. There is no reason for them to be **subjected to its decrees**. If this question would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea as an imperative or a “should” statement. Alternate translation: “do not, as living in the world, be subjected to its decrees” or “you should not, as living in the world, be subjected to its decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 COL	2	20	g0jz	figs-activepassive	δογματίζεσθε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in its active form, perhaps by using a similar verb. Alternate translation: “do you submit to its decrees” or “do you subject yourselves to its decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	2	20	cdgc	figs-abstractnouns	δογματίζεσθε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **decrees**, you can express the idea with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “are you being subjected to what people require” or “are you being subjected to what it commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -296,11 +295,11 @@ COL	2	22	klsg	figs-possession	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλ
 COL	2	22	d4lu	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **commands** and **teachings**, you can express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “what men command and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	22	oqmf	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the word **men** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether men or women. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “of men and women” or “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	2	23	r2m8	figs-idiom	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας	1		Commands that have **a word of wisdom** are commands that come from wise thinking or require wise behavior. If this **having indeed a word of wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idiom with a comparable expression, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “are indeed characterized by wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	2	23	h2hk	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a message” or “a lesson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	2	23	h2hk	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here, **a word** represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a message” or “a lesson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	2	23	y2dc	figs-hypo	ἅτινά…λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος	1	These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body	While there is no grammatical marker for a condition here, the word **in** functionally introduces a condition: these commands have a **word of wisdom** “if” one values **self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body**. It is only if one values these things that the commands have wisdom. If Paul’s explanation of how these commands could have **wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using a conditional expression, or use the word “seem.” Alternate translation: “which, having indeed a word of wisdom if one values self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 COL	2	23	g60j	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος,	1	These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom**, **religion**, **humility**, and **severity**, you can rephrase this part of the verse so that you can express these ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “having indeed a word that seems wise according to people who serve God in their own way, who humble themselves for gain, and who act severely to their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	23	vr8p	translate-unknown	ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ	1		The phrase **self-made religion** could describe (1) people who worship God however they want to. Alternate translation: “invented religion” (2) people who pretend to worship God but do not. Alternate translation: “mock worship” or “false worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	2	23	g9i8	translate-unknown	ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος	1		The phrase **severity of the body** refers to treating one’s body harshly as part of one’s religious practice. This could include beating oneself, not eating enough, or other ascetic practices. If **severity of the body** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that refers to religious practice or translate the idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “and wounding one’s body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+COL	2	23	g9i8	translate-unknown	ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος	1		The phrase **severity of {the} body** refers to treating one’s body harshly as part of one’s religious practice. This could include beating oneself, not eating enough, or other ascetic practices. If **severity of {the} body** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that refers to religious practice or translate the idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “and wounding one’s body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	2	23	e7p5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐστιν…οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι	1	are not of any value against the indulgence of the flesh	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **value**, you can combine it with the verbal phrase **are not** to create a new phrase. Alternate translation: “do nothing” or “are ineffective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	23	blil	figs-possession	πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός	1		Paul uses the possessive form to speak of **indulgence** one gives to the **flesh**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this idea, you could translate **indulgence** with a verb such as “indulging.” Alternate translation: “indulging the flesh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	23	e70e	translate-unknown	πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός	1		If one “indulges” **the flesh**, this means that one has behaved in ways that match what one’s weak and sinful parts wish. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a word for “sin.” Alternate translation: “sin” or “giving in to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -311,13 +310,13 @@ COL	3	1	oav8	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…συνηγέρθητε τῷ
 COL	3	1	t1jv	figs-metaphor	συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ	1	you were raised with Christ	Paul again states that believers have been raised from the dead with Christ. By this, he means that believers are united to Christ in his resurrection and thus receive new life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in union with the Messiah in his resurrection you received new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	1	qmzv	figs-idiom	συνηγέρθητε	1	you were raised with Christ	Paul uses the word **raised** to refer to someone who had died coming back to life. If this word does not refer to coming back to life in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “you were restored to life with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	1	sl1f	figs-activepassive	συνηγέρθητε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father raised you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	3	1	vuct	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖτε	1		Here Paul speaks as if he wants the Colossians to look for or try to find **things above**. By using the word **seek**, Paul wants to tell the Colossians to focus on **the things above** as if they were something valuable that the Colossians had lost and needed to find. If **seek the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to the things above” or “focus on the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	1	p3fw	figs-idiom	τὰ ἄνω	1	the things above	The **things above** is another term for heavenly things, which Paul makes clear in the next phrase. If **the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that the phrase refers specifically to things in heaven. Alternate translation: “the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	1	upi9	figs-explicit	ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ καθήμενος	1		This phrase implies two things. First, what Christ sits on is the divine throne in heaven. Second, **sitting** on this throne means that Christ has assumed a position of authority over the universe with God the Father. If **sitting at the right hand of God** would be misunderstood in your language, you could make either or both of these points explicit. Alternate translation: “sitting on the throne at the right hand of God” or “ruling at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	3	2	vpat		φρονεῖτε	1		The phrase **think about** refers not just to reasoning but also to focus and desire. Alternate translation: “Focus on”
-COL	3	2	f181	figs-idiom	τὰ ἄνω	1		Just as in [3:1](../03/01.md), the **things above** is another term for heavenly things. If **the things above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that the phrase refers specifically to things in heaven. Alternate translation: “the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	2	ow7x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		The **things on the earth** describes those things in this world that are not connected to Christ, which are not **the things above**. Not thinking about **the things on the earth** does not mean that the Colossians are supposed to abandon all care for earthly things. Instead, Paul is urging them to focus on Christ and what he has promised for them, not on whatever they could gain on earth. If the meaning of **the things on the earth** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify this contrast by further describing **the things on the earth**. Alternate translation: “the things that matter in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	3	3	oa5x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		The word **for** introduces the reason why the Colossians should think about the things above ([3:1–2](../03/01.md)): it is because they **have died**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the transition more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You should think about the things above because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+COL	3	1	vuct	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖτε	1		Here Paul speaks as if he wants the Colossians to look for or try to find **{things} above**. By using the word **seek**, Paul wants to tell the Colossians to focus on **the {things} above** as if they were something valuable that the Colossians had lost and needed to find. If **seek the {things} above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to the things above” or “focus on the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	1	p3fw	figs-idiom	τὰ ἄνω	1	the things above	The **{things} above** is another term for heavenly things, which Paul makes clear in the next phrase. If **the {things} above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that the phrase refers specifically to things in heaven. Alternate translation: “the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	1	upi9	figs-explicit	ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ καθήμενος	1		This phrase implies two things. First, what Christ sits on is the divine throne in heaven. Second, **sitting** on this throne means that Christ has assumed a position of authority over the universe with God the Father. If **sitting at {the} right hand of God** would be misunderstood in your language, you could make either or both of these points explicit. Alternate translation: “sitting on the throne at the right hand of God” or “ruling at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	3	2	vpat		φρονεῖτε	1		The phrase **Think about** refers not just to reasoning but also to focus and desire. Alternate translation: “Focus on”
+COL	3	2	f181	figs-idiom	τὰ ἄνω	1		Just as in [3:1](../03/01.md), the **things above** is another term for heavenly things. If **the {things} above** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that the phrase refers specifically to things in heaven. Alternate translation: “the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	2	ow7x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		The **{things} on the earth** describes those things in this world that are not connected to Christ, which are not **the {things} above**. Not thinking about **the {things} on the earth** does not mean that the Colossians are supposed to abandon all care for earthly things. Instead, Paul is urging them to focus on Christ and what he has promised for them, not on whatever they could gain on earth. If the meaning of **the {things} on the earth** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify this contrast by further describing **the {things} on the earth**. Alternate translation: “the things that matter in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	3	3	oa5x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		The word **For** introduces the reason why the Colossians should think about the things above ([3:1–2](../03/01.md)): it is because they **died**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the transition more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You should think about the things above because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	3	l9yk	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνετε	1	For you died	Here Paul expresses in slightly different form the idea he already stated in [2:20](../02/20.md): the Colossians have been united to Christ in his death. As Christ actually died, so God counts the Colossian believers as having **died** with Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idea as you did in [2:20](../02/20.md), or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “you died in union with the Messiah” or “you participated in the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	3	gkz6	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians’ lives were objects that could be **hidden** where Christ is, and as if the place they were hidden was God. By using this metaphor, Paul wants the Colossians to know that they are safe (**with Christ in God**) but also that their new life is not yet fully revealed (**hidden**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “God is protecting your new life with Christ and will reveal it when the time comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	3	xetc	figs-activepassive	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1	your life has been hidden with Christ in God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. Alternate translation: “God has hidden your life with Christ in himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -326,12 +325,12 @@ COL	3	4	ugge	figs-activepassive	ὁ Χριστὸς φανερωθῇ, ἡ ζω
 COL	3	4	n4nj	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1	your life	Continuing the theme of the Colossians’ life being hidden with Christ, Paul now identifies Christ as the Colossians’ **life**. In other words, if the Colossians’ life is hidden with Christ, then Christ can be called their **life**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor, or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “who holds your life” or “with whom you have life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	4	kpqf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν	1	your life	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **life**, you can express the idea with a verb for “living.” Alternate translation: “in whom you live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	4	b2io	translate-unknown	φανερωθῇ…σὺν αὐτῷ φανερωθήσεσθε	1		Paul uses the word **is revealed** to refer to Christ’s second coming, when he is **revealed** to everyone as who he truly is. Paul uses the phrase **will be revealed with him** to refer to how the Colossians will participate with Christ in that second coming and also be **revealed** as who they truly are. If the meaning of **revealed** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use words such as “coming” or “returning” instead of “revealing.” Alternate translation: “comes again … will come with him” or “returns … will return with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	3	4	vlxm	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὅταν…τότε	1		The word **when** indicates a moment in time, and the word translated **then** refers back to that same time. Therefore, the events described in two parts of this sentence occur at the same time. Use a construction that indicates simultaneous time in your language. Alternate translation: “When … at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+COL	3	4	vlxm	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὅταν…τότε	1		The word **When** indicates a moment in time, and the word translated **then** refers back to that same time. Therefore, the events described in two parts of this sentence occur at the same time. Use a construction that indicates simultaneous time in your language. Alternate translation: “When … at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	3	4	mz6o	translate-unknown	ἐν δόξῃ	1		As a previous note pointed out, the “revealing” language suggests that something will be revealed about Christ and the Colossians. Here, Paul describes it as **glory**. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that this is one thing that **is revealed** about Christ and the Colossians: they are glorious. Alternate translation: “as glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	4	ajcy	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δόξῃ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **glory**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	5	xvsp	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		Here, the word **therefore** introduces an exhortation based on previous statements. In this case, Paul bases his exhortation on what he has said about the Colossians’ union with Christ and its end goal: being revealed with him in glory. If the meaning of **therefore** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable connecting word or express the idea with a phrase that refers back to what Paul has already said. Alternate translation: “because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	3	5	jl45	figs-infostructure	νεκρώσατε οὖν	1		If your language would normally put a transition word like **therefore** at the beginning of the sentence, you could move it there in your translation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, put to death” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
-COL	3	5	zn6i	figs-metaphor	νεκρώσατε…τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Here Paul speaks of the **members** as if they were people that one could kill or **put to death**. By using this metaphor, he wants to show the Colossians that the evil desires he lists should be treated as enemies and dealt with as harshly as possible. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “Eliminate … the members that are on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	5	zn6i	figs-metaphor	νεκρώσατε…τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Here Paul speaks of the **members** as if they were people that one could kill or **Put to death**. By using this metaphor, he wants to show the Colossians that the evil desires he lists should be treated as enemies and dealt with as harshly as possible. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “Eliminate … the members that are on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	5	gdz8	figs-metaphor	τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		Paul here speaks of sins as if they were **members** or limbs of the body that are part of the person **on the earth**. What this metaphor means is that these sins can be so much a part of a person while they are living on earth that getting rid of them is like cutting off an arm or leg. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the sins that have become part of you while you live on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	5	pu2k	figs-abstractnouns	πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακήν, καὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρία;	1		If your language would not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **immorality**, **uncleanness**, **passion**, **desire**, **envy**, and **idolatry**, you could rephrase this sentence and use adjectives or verbs to express the idea. Alternate translation: “behaving in ways that are sexually immoral, unclean, wrongly emotional, lustful, and envious, which is idolatrous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	5	p9w9	translate-unknown	ἀκαθαρσίαν	1	uncleanness	The word **uncleanness** describes morally dirty or impure behavior. This is a general term that covers many sins that would make one unclean, that is, that would make other people avoid one. If you have a comparable expression in your language, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “unclean behavior” or “disgusting acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -342,7 +341,7 @@ COL	3	5	j4n0	writing-pronouns	ἥτις	1	envy, which is idolatry	Here, **which*
 COL	3	6	wm23	translate-textvariants	ἔρχεται	1		Many ancient manuscripts include “on the sons of disobedience” after **is coming**. Several early and reliable manuscripts do not include it, however. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include these words if that translation includes them. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT and not include these words. The phrase “sons of disobedience” is an idiom that refers to people who disobey. Alternate translation: “is coming against people who disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 COL	3	6	dj6g	writing-pronouns	δι’ ἃ	1		With this phrase, Paul identifies the sins listed in the previous verse as the reason why God’s “wrath” is coming. If what the pronoun **which** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify this idea by including a word such as “sins” in the phrase. Alternate translation: “because of which sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	3	6	s9lm	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the wrath of God	Here Paul speaks of **the wrath of God** as if it were a person or package that can arrive somewhere. By this, he means that God has not yet acted upon his **wrath** but that he will act soon. The Colossians can expect **the wrath** to come soon, just like a package that is arriving soon. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “God will act upon his wrath soon” or “the wrath of God will be enacted soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	6	ygaj	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ,	1		When the **wrath of God** “comes,” it must arrive somewhere and be against certain people. If you would explicitly state these things in your language, you could clarify that the **wrath** of God comes on earth and against those who do the sins listed in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the wrath of God is coming on earth against those who do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	3	6	ygaj	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ,	1		When the **wrath of God** “is coming,” it must arrive somewhere and be against certain people. If you would explicitly state these things in your language, you could clarify that the **wrath** of God comes on earth and against those who do the sins listed in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the wrath of God is coming on earth against those who do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	6	xb24	figs-metonymy	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ,	1		The **wrath of God** does not refer simply to an emotion. Rather, this phrase primarily refers to God acting against the sin he hates (examples of which appear in the previous verse). If **wrath** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates action and not just emotion. Alternate translation: “punishment from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	7	u4p6	writing-pronouns	ἐν οἷς	1		The word **which** refers again back to the list of sins in [3:5](../03/05.md). If what **which** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could include the word “sins” to clarify this reference. Alternate translation: “in which sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	3	7	p4q8	figs-metaphor	ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε	1	in which you also formerly walked	Paul speaks of behavior that is characteristic of one’s life as if it were something that one could “walk in.” By this, he means that the sinful behaviors were things that they normally did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “which formerly characterized your lives too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -350,7 +349,7 @@ COL	3	7	jz5d	figs-explicit	περιεπατήσατέ ποτε	1		The word **for
 COL	3	7	jsfs	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὅτε	1		The word **when** introduces a clause that occurs simultaneously with the main clause. Here, the Colossians “lived” **in them** at the same time as they were “walking” in them. Use an expression that indicates simultaneous time in your language. Alternate translation: “at the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	3	7	s824	figs-metaphor	ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις	1	when you were living in them	The phrase **living in** something could mean (1) that the Colossians practiced these sins in addition to having lives characterized by them (“walking in them”). Alternate translation: “you were doing these things” (2) that the Colossians were living among people who did these things. Alternate translation: “you were living among people who did these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	7	pw57	figs-doublet	ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις.	1		If **which** and **them** both refer to the sins mentioned in [3:5](../03/05.md), then “walking” and **living** in them mean very similar things. Paul uses the repetition to emphasize how thoroughly the Colossians’ lives were characterized by sins. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one phrase for this concept, you can use just one of these phrases. Alternate translation: “in which you also formerly walked” or “in which you used to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-COL	3	8	k2dx	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1		The phrase **but now** introduces a contrast with the previous verse, a contrast that focuses on time. The word translated **now** refers to the time after the Colossians believed. It introduces how they should behave **now** in contrast to how they behaved “formerly” ([3:7](../03/07.md)). If this contrast would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “But now that you believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+COL	3	8	k2dx	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1		The phrase **But now** introduces a contrast with the previous verse, a contrast that focuses on time. The word translated **now** refers to the time after the Colossians believed. It introduces how they should behave **now** in contrast to how they behaved “formerly” ([3:7](../03/07.md)). If this contrast would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “But now that you believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 COL	3	8	l019	figs-metaphor	ἀπόθεσθε	1		Here Paul exhorts the Colossians to **lay aside** sins as if the sins were garments that they could take off or objects they could set down and stop using. By talking this way, Paul encourages the Colossians to no longer use or be associated with sins that are not part of who they are in their union with Christ, just as clothes and objects are not part of the person but can be removed. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “must … separate yourselves from” or “must … no longer do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	8	zltd	figs-abstractnouns	ὀργήν, θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind these words, you can express the ideas by using verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “wrathful, angry, and lustful behavior, and slanderous and obscene words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	8	ahhs	figs-doublet	ὀργήν, θυμόν	1		The words **wrath** and **anger** are almost synonymous, with **wrath** emphasizing angry actions and **anger** emphasizing angry emotions. If your language does not have two words for “anger” that work here, you can express the idea with one word. Alternate translation: “anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -372,7 +371,7 @@ COL	3	10	mw3q	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσιν	1		If your language does no
 COL	3	10	v7xq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτόν	1		The second thing Paul says about the “renewing” is the standard or pattern by which God renews his people: the **image of the one who created it**. Use a word or phrase in your language that indicates the standard or pattern according to which something is accomplished. Alternate translation: “so that it matches the image of the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	3	10	d15v	translate-unknown	εἰκόνα	1	the image	The word **image** could refer to (1) the way humans show or reflect God’s glory, just like he created them to do. Alternate translation: “the reflection of the glory” (2) Christ, who is the image of God, the way humans can see the invisible God. Alternate translation: “Christ, the image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	10	rqsf	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ	1	the image	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **image**, you can express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Make sure your translation fits with what **image** refers to, as discussed in the previous note. Alternate translation: “according to how you reflect the one” or “according to Christ, who reflects the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	10	jep5	writing-pronouns	τοῦ κτίσαντος	1		The **one who created it** refers to God. If **the one who created it** would be misunderstood, you could clarify that God is **the one**. Alternate translation: “of God, who created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+COL	3	10	jep5	writing-pronouns	τοῦ κτίσαντος	1		The **one having created it** refers to God. If **the one having created it** would be misunderstood, you could clarify that God is **the one**. Alternate translation: “of God, who created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	3	10	xnc0	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		The pronoun **it** refers to “the new man.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express what **it** refers to by translating **it** with a phrase that more clearly refers back to “the new man.” Alternate translation: “this new man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	3	11	wnmm	figs-metaphor	ὅπου	1		Here Paul refers to the “new man” from the previous verse as if it were a place one could be in. This means that the word **where** refers to the new situation of those who have put on this “new man.” If **where** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by identifying those who have put on the “new man” as the ones addressed by this verse. Alternate translation: (start a new sentence) “For those who have put on the new man,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	11	mrpc	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἔνι	1		Here, Paul speaks as if none of the kinds of people he mentions exist in this new situation. The Colossians would have understood this as a way to emphasize how little the differences between all these kinds of people matter once they have died and risen with Christ. They all fit into the category of the “new man” now. If **there is no** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea without the hyperbole by emphasizing the new unity of people from all these categories. Alternate translation: “all people are the same,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -401,8 +400,8 @@ COL	3	13	l0kr	figs-ellipsis	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	may have a compla
 COL	3	14	l1ik	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τούτοις, τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul speaks as if **love** is higher than, or **above**, all the things he has said. By this, he means that **love** is more important than **all these {things}**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly with a word such as “important” or “essential.” Alternate translation: “But what is most essential is love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	14	mlfc	figs-ellipsis	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a complete thought. If your language would include more words, you could insert the words that Paul implies, which can be found in [3:12](../03/12.md): “put on.” Alternate translation: “put on love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	3	14	c5o7	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you can express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	14	x5g8	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here, **the bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that brings people together in perfect unity. This could refer to (1) the perfect unity in community that Paul wishes for believers. Alternate translation: “which brings you together in perfect unity” (2) the perfect unity that love brings to all Christian virtues. Alternate translation: “which brings all these virtues together to perfection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	14	bp1w	figs-possession	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe: (1) **the bond** that leads to **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the bond that brings perfection” (2) **the bond** that has **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+COL	3	14	x5g8	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here, **{the} bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that brings people together in perfect unity. This could refer to (1) the perfect unity in community that Paul wishes for believers. Alternate translation: “which brings you together in perfect unity” (2) the perfect unity that love brings to all Christian virtues. Alternate translation: “which brings all these virtues together to perfection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	14	bp1w	figs-possession	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe: (1) **{the} bond** that leads to **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the bond that brings perfection” (2) **{the} bond** that has **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	3	14	welw	figs-abstractnouns	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **perfection**, you can express the idea by an adjective such as “perfect” or a verb such as “complete.” Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” or “the bond that completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	15	gtz3	figs-imperative	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	Here Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could translate this imperative in the second person, with the Colossians as the subject of a verb such as “obey” and the **peace of Christ** as the object. Alternate translation: “in your hearts obey the peace of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 COL	3	15	hdg5	figs-metaphor	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts	Paul speaks of the **peace of Christ** as if it should be the “ruler” in the Colossians’ hearts. The word **rule** is closely related to the word translated “deprive of your prize” that Paul uses in [2:18](../02/18.md): both are used of a judge or an umpire making a decision, although in [2:18](../02/18.md), the judge or umpire decides against the Colossians. Here, the idea is that the **peace of Christ** acts as the judge or umpire in the **hearts** of the Colossians, which means that this **peace** helps them decide what to feel and do. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “let the peace of Christ make your decisions in your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -427,15 +426,15 @@ COL	3	16	ives	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	with p
 COL	3	17	ivxg	figs-infostructure	πᾶν, ὅ τι ἐὰν ποιῆτε ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα ἐν	1	in word or in deed	The word **all** refers back to **everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed**. If your language would not write the object (**everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed**) first, you could put it where **all** is, after the verb. Or, you could change the object into a relative clause. Alternate translation: “do everything, whatever you might do in word or in deed, in” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
 COL	3	17	g059	figs-idiom	πᾶν, ὅ τι ἐὰν ποιῆτε	1	in word or in deed	In Paul’s culture, this is a natural way to refer to anything someone might do, including all possibilities. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to refer to all possible actions. Alternate translation: “anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	17	g8p8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ	1	in word or in deed	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **word** and **deed**, you can express the idea with verbs such as “speak” and “act.” Alternate translation: “in speaking or in acting” or “when you speak or act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	3	17	uix9	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus	Acting **in the name of** a person means representing that person. Representatives, those who do anything **in the name of** someone else, should act so as to help others think well of and honor the people they represent. If **in the name of** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom for representing someone or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “as representatives of the Lord Jesus” or “in a way that leads to honor for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	17	uix9	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus	Acting **in {the} name of** a person means representing that person. Representatives, those who do anything **in {the} name of** someone else, should act so as to help others think well of and honor the people they represent. If **in {the} name of** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom for representing someone or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “as representatives of the Lord Jesus” or “in a way that leads to honor for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	17	bv84	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	through him	The phrase **through him** does not mean that the prayers of thanks are mediated to God the Father by God the Son. Rather, it is **through** the Son that the Colossians are able to give thanks. This means that they can give thanks because of what the Son has done for them. If that meaning of **through him** would not be understood in your language, you could express the idea with a preposition such as “because” or clarify that it is **through** the “work” of the Son. Alternate translation: “because of what he has done” or “through his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	3	18	tt9u		αἱ γυναῖκες	1	Wives, submit to your husbands	Here Paul directly addresses the **wives** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You wives”
+COL	3	18	tt9u		αἱ γυναῖκες	1	Wives, submit to your husbands	Here Paul directly addresses the **Wives** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You wives”
 COL	3	18	gtft	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	is fitting	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with a verb such as “obey” or “submit.” Alternate translation: “obey your husbands” or “submit to your husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	3	18	dc5v	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	is fitting	Here Paul does not explicitly state that wives must **be subjected** to “their own” husbands. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each wife’s husband in mind. Alternate translation: “to your own husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	18	juqx	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὡς	1	is fitting	Here, the word **as** functions to introduce the reason why “wives” should “be subjected to” their **husbands**. If **as** does not indicate a reason in your language, you could express this idea using a causal word such as “since” or “because.” Alternate translation: “because this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	18	b2y3	translate-unknown	ἀνῆκεν	1	is fitting	The phrase **is fitting** refers to what or to whom something properly belongs. If **is fitting** would be misunderstood your language, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that identifies proper behavior in specific circumstances. Alternate translation: “is suitable” or “suits your position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-COL	3	18	y1m8	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	is fitting	Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of believers with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord** or united to the Lord is the standard for how to behave. Alternate translation: “in your union with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	3	19	apyy		οἱ ἄνδρες	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul directly addresses the **husbands** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You husbands”
+COL	3	18	y1m8	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	is fitting	Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in {the} Lord** to describe the union of believers with Christ. In this case, being **in {the} Lord** or united to the Lord is the standard for how to behave. Alternate translation: “in your union with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	3	19	apyy		οἱ ἄνδρες	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul directly addresses the **Husbands** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You husbands”
 COL	3	19	n9dm	figs-explicit	τὰς γυναῖκας	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul does not explicitly state that husbands must **love** “their own” wives. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each husband’s wife in mind. Alternate translation: “your own wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	19	lc4a	translate-unknown	μὴ πικραίνεσθε πρὸς	1	do not be embittered against	The phrase **be embittered** could refer to (1) the husband doing or saying things that cause his wife to be bitter or upset with him. Alternate translation: “do not do what makes them bitter against you” (2) the husband becoming bitter or upside with his wife for doing or saying certain things. Alternate translation: “do not become bitter against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	20	mlu2		τὰ τέκνα	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul directly addresses the **Children** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You children”
@@ -444,14 +443,14 @@ COL	3	20	gu2o	figs-idiom	κατὰ πάντα	1	do not be embittered against	The
 COL	3	20	kadq	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	do not be embittered against	The word **for** introduces the basis or reason for somethin; here it is Paul’s command to children. Use a word that indicates the reason for a command in your language. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	20	vbad	translate-unknown	εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν	1	do not be embittered against	If something **is pleasing**, that means that the person it “pleases” finds that thing acceptable, agreeable, or pleasant. If **is pleasing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that emphasizes that obedience to parents is something that is acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “is acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	20	vps1	figs-explicit	εὐάρεστόν	1	do not be embittered against	Paul does not state to whom obedience to parents is **pleasing**, but it is clear that it pleases God. If your language would state who is pleased, you could expressly state that it is God. Alternate translation: “pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	3	20	ales	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	do not be embittered against	Just as in [3:18](../03/18.md), Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of believers with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord**, or united to **the Lord**, identifies specifically that those who are united to **the Lord** are to behave in this way. Alternate translation: “in your union with the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+COL	3	20	ales	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	do not be embittered against	Just as in [3:18](../03/18.md), Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in {the} Lord** to describe the union of believers with Christ. In this case, being **in {the} Lord**, or united to **{the} Lord**, identifies specifically that those who are united to **{the} Lord** are to behave in this way. Alternate translation: “in your union with the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 COL	3	21	uc7r		οἱ πατέρες	1	do not provoke your children	Here Paul directly addresses the **Fathers** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You fathers”
 COL	3	21	bvi3	translate-unknown	μὴ ἐρεθίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν	1	do not provoke your children	The word **provoke** in this context refers to irritating someone or making them angry. If **provoke** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase. Alternate translation: “do not irritate your children” or “do not provoke your children to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	21	ozeh	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα μὴ ἀθυμῶσιν	1	do not provoke your children	This clause indicates the goal or purpose of the previous command, but this purpose is in the negative. If your language has a customary way to indicate a negative purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “lest they be discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	3	21	fvi7	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἀθυμῶσιν	1	do not provoke your children	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with the **Fathers** as the subject. Alternate translation: “you may not discourage them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	3	21	bjk2	translate-unknown	ἀθυμῶσιν	1	do not provoke your children	The phrase **they may … be discouraged** describes the feeling of despair or hopelessness. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “they may … despair” or “they may … lose heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	22	lf6k		οἱ δοῦλοι	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	Here Paul directly addresses the **Slaves** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You slaves”
-COL	3	22	cx6a	figs-idiom	τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις	1	obey your masters according to the flesh	The phrase **according to the flesh** describes the **masters** as humans on this earth. Paul uses this phrase to describe these **masters** because he is already setting up a contrast with the “Master” over these masters: Jesus (see [4:1](../04/01.md)). If **according to the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with an adjective such as “human” or “earthly.” Alternate translation: “your earthly masters” or “your human masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	22	cx6a	figs-idiom	τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις	1	obey your masters according to the flesh	The phrase **according to {the} flesh** describes the **masters** as humans on this earth. Paul uses this phrase to describe these **masters** because he is already setting up a contrast with the “Master” over these masters: Jesus (see [4:1](../04/01.md)). If **according to {the} flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with an adjective such as “human” or “earthly.” Alternate translation: “your earthly masters” or “your human masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	22	o6mi	figs-explicit	τοῖς…κυρίοις	1	obey your masters according to the flesh	Here Paul does not explicitly state that slaves must **obey** “their own” masters. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each slave’s master in mind. Alternate translation: “your own masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	22	iy1n	figs-idiom	κατὰ πάντα	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	Just as in [3:20](../03/20.md), the phrase **in all {things}** is an idiom that indicates that slaves should obey “everything their masters command” or “in every situation.” If **in all {things}** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **{things}** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	22	p36t	translate-unknown	μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	The word **eyeservice** describes how people sometimes behave to look good more than to do the right thing. If **eyeservice** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase such as “wanting to look impressive.” Alternate translation: “not focusing on how you appear to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -461,21 +460,21 @@ COL	3	22	ouca	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας	1	with s
 COL	3	22	m27w	figs-metonymy	καρδίας	1	with sincerity of heart	In Paul’s culture, the **heart** is the place where a person thinks and desires. If that meaning of **heart** would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the place where humans think in your culture or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of mind” or “of desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	22	tsn9	grammar-connect-logic-result	φοβούμενοι τὸν Κύριον	1	with sincerity of heart	The phrase **fearing the Lord** could describe: (1) the reason why the slaves should obey their masters. Alternate translation: “because you fear the Lord” (2) the way or manner in which the slaves should obey their masters. Alternate translation: “showing fear for the Lord” or “in a way that shows that you fear the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	23	olwu	figs-idiom	ὃ ἐὰν ποιῆτε	1	as to the Lord	In Paul’s culture, this is a natural way to refer to anything someone might do, including all possibilities. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way of referring to all possible actions. Alternate translation: “In anything you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	23	itn9	figs-idiom	ἐκ ψυχῆς	1	as to the Lord	Working **from the soul** is comparable to the English idiom working “with all one’s heart,” which refers to doing something with diligence, without holding anything back. If **from the soul** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your heart” or “with all your strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	3	23	itn9	figs-idiom	ἐκ ψυχῆς	1	as to the Lord	Working **from {the} soul** is comparable to the English idiom working “with all one’s heart,” which refers to doing something with diligence, without holding anything back. If **from {the} soul** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable idiom or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your heart” or “with all your strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	23	arw4	figs-idiom	ὡς τῷ Κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις	1	as to the Lord	This contrast indicates that, even though they serve **men**, they should consider their work to be directed to or in service of **the Lord**. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a contrast phrase such as “even as.” Alternate translation: “to serve the Lord, even as you are serving men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	23	ckiz	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	as to the Lord	The word **men** does not refer to only male people but to humans in general. If **men** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that refers to people or humans in general. Alternate translation: “to humans” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	3	24	p5qy	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδότες	1	the reward of the inheritance	The word **knowing** introduces a reason why the slaves should obey as Paul commands them to in [3:22–23](../03/22.md). If **knowing** would not introduce a reason in your language, you could clarify this by using a word such as “because.” Alternate translation: “since you know” or “for you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	24	f3ed	figs-possession	τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας	1	the reward of the inheritance	Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify the **reward** as **the inheritance**. If your language does not use the possessive form in this way, you can clarify that these two words name the same thing by using a phrase such as “that is.” Alternate translation: “the reward, that is, the inheritance” or “the reward, which is your inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	3	24	sod6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας	1	the reward of the inheritance	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **reward** and **inheritance**, you can express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what he has promised to hand down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	24	oyo4	figs-declarative	τῷ Κυρίῳ Χριστῷ δουλεύετε	1	the reward of the inheritance	Here Paul uses a simple statement as (1) a reminder that states for whom they actually work. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that you are serving the Lord Christ” (2) a command about whom they should serve. Alternate translation: “Serve the Lord Christ” or “You should serve the Lord Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-COL	3	25	fvw0	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	the reward of the inheritance	The word **for** introduces support for what has already been said. Here Paul uses it to introduce a negative reason for obedience (he already gave a positive reason in [3:24](../03/24.md)). If **for** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that it introduces another reason for obedience. Alternate translation: “Do these things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+COL	3	25	fvw0	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	the reward of the inheritance	The word **For** introduces support for what has already been said. Here Paul uses it to introduce a negative reason for obedience (he already gave a positive reason in [3:24](../03/24.md)). If **For** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that it introduces another reason for obedience. Alternate translation: “Do these things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	3	25	u5lx	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀδικῶν…ἠδίκησεν	1	the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously	Here Paul speaks in general of anyone who does **unrighteousness**. However, he directs this general statement to the slaves he has been addressing (not the masters, since he does not address them until [4:1](../04/01.md)). If this generic form would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary form for generic statements or include the slaves as the ones being addressed. Alternate translation: “any of you who do unrighteousness … you did unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 COL	3	25	sttw	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικῶν	1	the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **unrighteousness**, you can express the idea differently, such as with an adverb. Alternate translation: “acting unrighteously” or “doing unrighteous things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	25	ak8j	figs-metaphor	κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν	1	doing unrighteousness	In this context, the phrase **will receive** refers to getting something in payment or in return for something else. Paul, then, speaks as if **the one doing unrighteousness** will **receive** as payment or recompense exactly **what he did unrighteously**. By this, Paul means that God will punish those who do **unrighteousness** in a way that fits with what they did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive a punishment that fits the crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	25	c9fx	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία	1	there is no favoritism	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **favoritism**, you can express the idea with a verb such as “favor” or with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	intro	nm3y			0		# Colossians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>[4:1](../col/04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in this chapter.<br><br>3. Exhortation Section<br>* Prayer Request and Behavior towards Outsiders (4:2–6)<br><br>4. Letter Closing (4:7–18)<br>* The Messengers (4:7–9)<br>* Greetings from Friends (4:10–14)<br>* Greetings and Instructions from Paul (4:15–17)<br>* Greeting in Paul’s Own Hand (4:18)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Letter writing and sending<br><br>In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Paul mentions the messengers with whom he is sending his letter: Tychicus and Onesimus ([4:7–9](../04/07.md)). They also are able to communicate more about Paul’s situation than he says in the letter. Additionally, Paul mentions that he writes the final greeting “by my own hand” ([4:18](../04/18.md)). This is because the rest of the letter was written by a scribe, who wrote down what Paul dictated. Paul writes the last greeting as a personal touch and to prove that he was indeed the author.<br><br>### Greetings<br><br>In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [4:10–15](../04/10.md) Paul includes greetings to and from many people whom he and the Colossians know.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Paul’s chains<br><br>Paul refers to his imprisonment in this chapter by using the language of “chains” and “binding.” He says that he has “been bound” in [4:3](../04/03.md), and he mentions his “chains” in [4:18](../04/18.md). The language of binding and chains emphasizes how Paul is restricted in his movements and activities by being imprisoned.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### A “master in heaven”<br><br>In [4:1](../04/01.md), Paul refers to a “master in heaven.” The word translated “master” and “masters” in this verse is the same word that is translated as “Lord” throughout Colossians. It is translated “master” in this verse to illustrate Paul’s point: those who are “masters” on earth also have a “master,” their Lord in heaven. If possible, make this wordplay clear in your translation.
 COL	4	1	b9nm		οἱ κύριοι	1	what is right and fair	Here Paul directly addresses the **Masters** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You masters”
-COL	4	1	orih	figs-metaphor	τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις παρέχεσθε	1	what is right and fair	Here Paul speaks of how masters treat their slaves as if the master were “giving” the treatment of their slaves. By this, he means that the thing given (**what is right and fair**) is what characterizes the master’s dealing with the slave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using adverbs such as “rightly” and “fairly” with a verb such as “treat.” Alternate translation: “act rightly and fairly towards your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	1	orih	figs-metaphor	τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις παρέχεσθε	1	what is right and fair	Here Paul speaks of how masters treat their slaves as if the master were “giving” the treatment of their slaves. By this, he means that the thing given (**{what is} right and fair**) is what characterizes the master’s dealing with the slave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using adverbs such as “rightly” and “fairly” with a verb such as “treat.” Alternate translation: “act rightly and fairly towards your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	1	ae3y	figs-doublet	τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα	1	what is right and fair	The word **right** describes someone or something that properly follows laws, principles, and expectations. The word translated **fair** describes someone or something that is impartial and does not pick sides. If you have words in your language that roughly represent these ideas, you could them here. If you do not have words that make these distinctions, you could express the idea with one word that indicates that something is fair, legal, and proper. Alternate translation: “what is just and impartial” or “what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	4	1	pgqt	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδότες	1	what is right and fair	Paul uses the word **knowing** to introduce a reason why the masters should treat their slaves as he commands them to. If **knowing** would not introduce a reason in your language, you could make this explicit with a word such as “because” or “since.” Alternate translation: “since you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	4	1	t9wy	figs-explicit	Κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	you also have a master in heaven	The words **Masters** and **master** are usually translated “lords” and “Lord” elsewhere. However, here they are translated **Masters** and **master** because the relationship between slaves and their masters, or “lords,” is in view. Paul wishes the **Masters** to treat their slaves justly because they also serve a “Master,” the Lord Jesus. If the person to whom **master** refers would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by identifying that the **master** is the Lord Jesus. Alternate translation: “a master in heaven, the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -498,10 +497,10 @@ COL	4	3	lsdv	figs-activepassive	δέδεμαι	1	on account of which also I have
 COL	4	4	x8bf	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	in order that I may make it clear	The phrase **in order that** could introduce: (1) another thing for which the Colossians should pray (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and that” or “and asking that” (2) another purpose for which the Colossians should pray for Paul (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	4	hm5w		φανερώσω αὐτὸ	1	in order that I may make it clear	Alternate translation: “I may reveal it” or “I may express it clearly”
 COL	4	4	rkal	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὡς	1	in order that I may make it clear	Here, the word **as** functions to introduce a reason why Paul must preach his message clearly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of **as** with a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action. Alternate translation: “because this is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-COL	4	4	ofin	figs-explicit	δεῖ με λαλῆσαι	1	in order that I may make it clear	If your language would state who requires Paul to speak in these ways, you could include “God” as the one that role. Alternate translation: “God has commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	4	5	z3ax	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε πρὸς	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	Here Paul uses the word **walk** to refer to consistent, habitual behavior (like putting one foot in front of the other). In this image, walking **toward** someone refers to consistent behavior in relationship with that person. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “Act … with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	4	ofin	figs-explicit	δεῖ με λαλῆσαι	1	in order that I may make it clear	If your language would state who requires Paul **to speak** in these ways, you could include “God” as the one that role. Alternate translation: “God has commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	4	5	z3ax	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε πρὸς	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	Here Paul uses the word **Walk** to refer to consistent, habitual behavior (like putting one foot in front of the other). In this image, walking **toward** someone refers to consistent behavior in relationship with that person. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “Act … with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	5	u3j7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν σοφίᾳ	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you can express the idea with an adverb such as “wisely” or an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “in wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	4	5	ww8p	figs-idiom	τοὺς ἔξω	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	The phrase **those outside** is a way to identify people who do not belong to one’s group. Here, **those outside** would be anyone who does not believe in Jesus. If **those outside** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase for people who are not in one’s group. Alternate translation: “outsiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	4	5	ww8p	figs-idiom	τοὺς ἔξω	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	The phrase **the ones outside** is a way to identify people who do not belong to one’s group. Here, **those outside** would be anyone who does not believe in Jesus. If **the ones outside** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase for people who are not in one’s group. Alternate translation: “outsiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	5	nvqu	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἐξαγοραζόμενοι	1	Walk in wisdom toward those outside	The word **redeeming** introduces an example of how to “walk in wisdom toward those outside.” If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to indicate that the **redeeming** happens at the same time as “walking in wisdom” and gives an example of how it might look. Alternate translation: “which includes redeeming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 COL	4	5	b525	figs-metaphor	τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι	1	redeeming the time	Here Paul speaks of **time** as something that one could be **redeeming**. The picture is of a person buying **time** from someone. Paul uses this picture to refer to making the most of (**redeeming**) one’s opportunities (**the time**). If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “making the most of every chance you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	6	bza7			0	your words always with grace, seasoned with salt	This verse provides one way in which Paul wants the Colossians to “walk in wisdom toward those outside” ([4:5](../04/05.md)). They are to speak with words that are compelling and carefully chosen to fit the situation.
@@ -512,24 +511,24 @@ COL	4	6	c1w4	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδέναι	1	to know how it is ne
 COL	4	6	jdtx		πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς…ἀποκρίνεσθαι	1	to know how it is necessary for you to answer	Alternate translation: “how to best answer” or “the right answer to give to”
 COL	4	6	djl0	writing-pronouns	ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ	1	to know how it is necessary for you to answer	The phrase **each one** refers to individuals who would be considered part of “those outside” ([4:5](../04/05.md)). If what **each one** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could explicitly refer back to how you translated “those outside.” Alternate translation: “each outsider” or “each one who does not believe in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 COL	4	7	ut91	figs-infostructure	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ πάντα γνωρίσει ὑμῖν Τυχικὸς, ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἀδελφὸς, καὶ πιστὸς διάκονος, καὶ σύνδουλος ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange this sentence so that (1) what **Tychicus will make known** to them comes after **to you**, and (2) the words that describe **Tychicus** come after his name. You may need to make one or both of these changes to make the verse clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Tychicus, the beloved brother and faithful servant and fellow slave in the Lord, will make known to you all the things concerning me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
-COL	4	7	xzz4	figs-idiom	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ πάντα	1	the things concerning me	When Paul speaks of **All the things concerning me**, he refers to details about his life such as where he is living, his health, how his work is progressing, and other similar details. If your language has a customary way to refer to this kind of information, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “All the news about me” or “All the details about how I am doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	4	7	xzz4	figs-idiom	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ πάντα	1	the things concerning me	When Paul speaks of **All the {things} concerning me**, he refers to details about his life such as where he is living, his health, how his work is progressing, and other similar details. If your language has a customary way to refer to this kind of information, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “All the news about me” or “All the details about how I am doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	7	cbzm	translate-names	Τυχικὸς	1	the things concerning me	**Tychicus** is the name of a man. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
 COL	4	7	m52y	figs-explicit	πιστὸς διάκονος	1	the things concerning me	If your language would state whom Tychicus serves, you could make this explicit. He could be a **servant** to: (1) Paul. Alternate translation: “my faithful servant” (2) the Lord, and thus the Lord’s church as well. Alternate translation: “faithful servant of the Lord and his church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	7	p7c1	figs-explicit	σύνδουλος	1	fellow slave	If **fellow slave** would be misunderstood in your language, you could make it explicit that Tychicus is a **slave** of Christ, along with Paul. Alternate translation: “fellow slave of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	7	h3mk	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	fellow slave	Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of believers with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord**, or united to the Lord, identifies Paul and Tychicus as “slaves” of the Lord because of their union with him. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 COL	4	8	wmmd	figs-pastforfuture	ἔπεμψα	1	the things concerning us	Here Paul uses the past tense form **sent** to describe something he has not yet done when he is dictating this letter. He uses the past tense because, when the letter is read to the Colossians, his sending of Tychicus will be in the past. If your language would not use the past tense here, you could use whatever tense would customarily be used in this situation in your language. Alternate translation: “whom I send” or “whom I have sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-COL	4	8	eei1	figs-doublet	ὑμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ἵνα	1	the things concerning us	It may seem that the phrase **for this very reason** contains redundant information in your language, since Paul also includes **so that**. If both of these phrases would be redundant in your language, you could use a single purpose phrase, such as **so that**. Alternate translation: “you so that” or “you in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-COL	4	8	iv0m	translate-textvariants	ἵνα γνῶτε τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν	1	he might encourage your hearts	While many manuscripts have **so that you might know the things concerning us**, some say “so that he might know the things concerning you.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-COL	4	8	fr1z	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα…καὶ	1	he might encourage your hearts	The words **so that** and **and that** introduce two of Paul’s purposes in sending Tychicus to the Colossians. If **so that** and **and that** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to introduce a goal or purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-COL	4	8	cty1	figs-idiom	τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν	1	the things concerning us	Just like the phrase “all the things concerning me” in [4:7](../04/07.md), the phrase **the things concerning us** refers to details about life such as where people are living, their health, how their work is progressing, and other similar details. If your language has a customary way to refer to this kind of information, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the news about us” or “the details about how we are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	4	8	eei1	figs-doublet	ὑμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ἵνα	1	the things concerning us	It may seem that the phrase **for this very {reason}** contains redundant information in your language, since Paul also includes **so that**. If both of these phrases would be redundant in your language, you could use a single purpose phrase, such as **so that**. Alternate translation: “you so that” or “you in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+COL	4	8	iv0m	translate-textvariants	ἵνα γνῶτε τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν	1	he might encourage your hearts	While many manuscripts have **so that you might know the {things} concerning us**, some say “so that he might know the things concerning you.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+COL	4	8	fr1z	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα…καὶ	1	he might encourage your hearts	The words **so that** and **and {that}** introduce two of Paul’s purposes in sending Tychicus to the Colossians. If **so that** and **and {that}** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a customary way to introduce a goal or purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+COL	4	8	cty1	figs-idiom	τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν	1	the things concerning us	Just like the phrase “all the things concerning me” in [4:7](../04/07.md), the phrase **the {things} concerning us** refers to details about life such as where people are living, their health, how their work is progressing, and other similar details. If your language has a customary way to refer to this kind of information, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the news about us” or “the details about how we are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	8	vyq5	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	the things concerning us	The word **us** does not include the Colossians. Instead, Paul is referring to himself and those who are with him, including Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	4	8	rw4z	figs-synecdoche	τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	the things concerning us	Here when Paul refers to **your hearts**, the Colossians would have understood him to mean the entire person. Paul uses **hearts** because his culture identified **hearts** as the body part where people experienced encouragement. If that meaning of **your hearts** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies the location where people experience encouragement in your culture, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “your souls” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
-COL	4	9	f18w	figs-explicit	σὺν Ὀνησίμῳ	1	the faithful and beloved brother	Paul uses this phrase to tell the Colossians that he is sending Onesimus along with Tychicus to the city of Colossae. If this implication would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit by adding a verb such as “sending.” Alternate translation: “With him I send Onesimus” (start a new sentence with “they will make”) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	4	9	f18w	figs-explicit	σὺν Ὀνησίμῳ	1	the faithful and beloved brother	Paul uses this phrase to tell the Colossians that he is sending **Onesimus** along with Tychicus to the city of Colossae. If this implication would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit by adding a verb such as “sending.” Alternate translation: “With him I send Onesimus” (start a new sentence with “they will make”) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	9	yqh9	translate-names	Ὀνησίμῳ	1	the faithful and beloved brother	**Onesimus** is the name of a man. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
 COL	4	9	aqe3	figs-idiom	ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	the faithful and beloved brother	The phrase **from among you** means that Onesimus used to live with the Colossians and was part of the group to whom Paul is writing the letter. To express this idea, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that a person belongs to a specific group of people. Alternate translation: “is from your town” or “used to live with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	4	9	n15d	writing-pronouns	γνωρίσουσιν	1	they will make known to you	The pronoun **they** refers back to Onesimus and Tychicus. If what **they** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit by using their names or referring to “two” of them. Alternate translation: “the two of them will make known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-COL	4	9	vb7j	figs-idiom	πάντα…τὰ ὧδε	1	all the things here	Just like the phrases “all the things concerning me” in [4:7](../04/07.md) and “the things concerning us” in [4:8](../04/08.md), the phrase **all the things here** refers to details about life such as where people are living, their health, how their work is progressing, and other similar details. If your language has a customary way to refer to this kind of information, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “all the news about us” or “all the details about what is happening here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	4	10	wmf4	translate-names	Ἀρίσταρχος…Μᾶρκος…Βαρναβᾶ	1	Aristarchus	These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+COL	4	9	vb7j	figs-idiom	πάντα…τὰ ὧδε	1	all the things here	Just like the phrases “all the things concerning me” in [4:7](../04/07.md) and “the {things} concerning us” in [4:8](../04/08.md), the phrase **all the {things} here** refers to details about life such as where people are living, their health, how their work is progressing, and other similar details. If your language has a customary way to refer to this kind of information, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “all the news about us” or “all the details about what is happening here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+COL	4	10	wmf4	translate-names	Ἀρίσταρχος…Μᾶρκος…Βαρναβᾶ	1	Aristarchus	**Aristarchus**, **Mark**, and **Barnabas** are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 COL	4	10	lcxt		ἀσπάζεται	1	Aristarchus	As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
 COL	4	10	v0le	translate-unknown	ὁ συναιχμάλωτός μου	1	Aristarchus	The phrase **my fellow prisoner** identifies Aristarchus as someone who is in prison along with Paul. If **fellow prisoner** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this with a short phrase instead. Alternate translation: “who has been imprisoned with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	4	10	uq72	figs-ellipsis	καὶ Μᾶρκος, ὁ ἀνεψιὸς Βαρναβᾶ	1	Aristarchus	Paul has not included the verb “greet” in this clause because it was unnecessary in his language. If it is necessary in your language, you could include it here. Alternate translation: “and Mark, the cousin of Barnabas, also greets you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -552,13 +551,13 @@ COL	4	12	rq61	figs-idiom	ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	He is from among you	The phrase
 COL	4	12	ek51	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1	a servant of Christ Jesus	Here, **always** is an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to mean that Epaphras prays for them very often. If **always** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “consistently” or “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	4	12	p8ff	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	always striving on behalf of you in prayers	The word **striving** is usually used for attempting to win a contest, whether that is athletic, military, or legal. While Epaphras is not actually participating in an athletic or military contest, Paul uses the metaphor to explain how earnestly Epaphras prays for the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “praying zealously for you” or “spending much effort on his prayers for you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 COL	4	12	sn23	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	The phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) the content of Epaphras’ prayers. Alternate translation: “asking that” (2) the purpose or goal of Epaphras’ prayers. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-COL	4	12	nuh9	figs-metaphor	σταθῆτε τέλειοι καὶ πεπληροφορημένοι ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians can **stand complete and fully assured in all the will of God**. By this, he means that they should consistently do God’s will, just as if God’s will served as a foundation underneath them. The words **complete and fully assured** explain the way in which they are supposed to **stand** or continue to obey. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “you may be complete and fully assured as you consistently do all the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	12	nuh9	figs-metaphor	σταθῆτε τέλειοι καὶ πεπληροφορημένοι ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	Here Paul speaks as if the Colossians can **stand complete and fully assured in all {the} will of God**. By this, he means that they should consistently do God’s will, just as if God’s will served as a foundation underneath them. The words **complete and fully assured** explain the way in which they are supposed to **stand** or continue to obey. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “you may be complete and fully assured as you consistently do all the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	12	t6o3	translate-unknown	τέλειοι	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	The word **complete** in this context means that a person is what he or she is supposed to be and is able to do what he or she is called to do. If **complete** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that has this meaning, such as “perfect” or “excellent,” or translate **complete** with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “fit for what God has called you to be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
 COL	4	12	ojtu	translate-unknown	πεπληροφορημένοι	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	The phrase **fully assured** describes people who are confident or sure of what they believe and do. If **fully assured** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “convinced about what you know” or “without doubts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	4	12	s7e7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you may stand complete and fully assured	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **will**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “wants” or “desires.” Alternate translation: “in whatever God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	4	13	sg4h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	The word **For** introduces further support for Paul’s statements about Epaphras in the previous verse. In [4:12](../04/12.md), Paul says that Epaphras is “always striving” for them, and he supports that claim here by giving his own testimony about how hard Epaphras has worked for the Colossians and for other believers who live near them. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support for a previous statement, or you could refer back to what Paul is supporting. Alternate translation: “you could be sure that he does this, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 COL	4	13	k8vv	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχει πολὺν πόνον	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **labor**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “labor.” Alternate translation: “he labors diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	4	13	zzc8	figs-ellipsis	τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ τῶν ἐν Ἱεραπόλει	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	Here Paul leaves out to whom the pronoun **those** refers, since in his language it was clear that **those** refers to people who live in the cities he mentions. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **those** refers to believers who live in these two towns. Alternate translation: “of believers who live in Laodicea, and of believers who live in Hierapolis” or “of believers who live in Laodicea and Hierapolis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+COL	4	13	zzc8	figs-ellipsis	τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ τῶν ἐν Ἱεραπόλει	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	Here Paul leaves out to whom the pronoun **the ones** refers, since in his language it was clear that **the ones** refers to people who live in the cities he mentions. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **the ones** refers to believers who live in these two towns. Alternate translation: “of believers who live in Laodicea, and of believers who live in Hierapolis” or “of believers who live in Laodicea and Hierapolis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	4	13	d0et	figs-explicit	Λαοδικίᾳ…Ἱεραπόλει	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	**Laodicea** and **Hierapolis** were towns near Colossae. In fact, they were all in the same valley. If it would be helpful to your readers to clarify that these are nearby towns, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “nearby Laodicea … nearby Hierapolis” or “Laodicea … Hierapolis, churches near you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	14	v0ho		ἀσπάζεται	1	I testify for him, that he has much hard labor on behalf of you	As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered to” or “says hello to”
 COL	4	14	hq1k	translate-names	Λουκᾶς…Δημᾶς	1	Demas	**Luke** and **Demas** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -577,10 +576,10 @@ COL	4	17	yy8s	figs-quotations	βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρ
 COL	4	17	d39x	figs-yousingular	εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς.	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	The words **Look**, **you have received**, and **you may fulfill** all refer to Archippus alone and are singular. However, the word **say** refers to the Colossians and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 COL	4	17	dy11	figs-metaphor	βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Here Paul speaks as if Archippus’ **ministry** were something he can **look to**. By this, he means that he wants Archippus to focus on carrying out his ministry just as if it were something he could stare at. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or plainly. Alternate translation: “Focus on the ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	17	dau6	figs-extrainfo	τὴν διακονίαν…παρέλαβες	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Paul does not clarify or even hint at what **the ministry** is or from whom Archippus **received** it. If it is possible, leave this information unclear in your translation. If you must include some extra information, you could clarify that “God” gave him the **ministry** of serving the church. Alternate translation: “the task of serving the church … God gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-COL	4	17	uble	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of Archippus with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord** or united to the Lord identifies the situation in which he **received** his **ministry**. He received this **ministry** when he was united to **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	4	17	uble	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in {the} Lord** to describe the union of Archippus with Christ. In this case, being **in {the} Lord** or united to the Lord identifies the situation in which he **received** his **ministry**. He received this **ministry** when he was united to **{the} Lord**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	17	ufdy	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it.”	The phrase **so that** introduces a goal or purpose. Here, it is the purpose for which Archippus should **look to** or stay focused on his ministry. Use a word or phrase that introduces the goal or purpose of a previous statement. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	18	t5js		ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	Remember my chains	Paul concludes his letter by writing a final greeting to the Colossians. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “I ask to be remembered by my own hand” or “I say hello by my own hand”
-COL	4	18	fqek	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	Remember my chains	In this culture, it was normal for a scribe to write down what the author of the letter was saying. Paul here indicates that he himself is writing these last words. The phrase **by my own hand** means that it was his own hand that took up the pen and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind **by my own hand**by using a comparable expression or include any extra information needed to make it clear. Alternate translation: “is in my handwriting” or “I write myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	4	18	fqek	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1	Remember my chains	In this culture, it was normal for a scribe to write down what the author of the letter was saying. Paul here indicates that he himself is writing these last words. The phrase **by my {own} hand** means that it was his own hand that took up the pen and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind **by my {own} hand**by using a comparable expression or include any extra information needed to make it clear. Alternate translation: “is in my handwriting” or “I write myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	4	18	sz0k	figs-123person	Παύλου	1	Remember my chains	Here Paul speaks of himself in the third person. He does this to sign his name to the letter, which shows that the letter is from Paul himself and carries his authority. If your language has a specific form for signing letters or documents, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I am Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 COL	4	18	h3kx	figs-metonymy	μου τῶν δεσμῶν	1	Remember my chains	Paul speaks of his **chains**, by which he means his imprisonment. If **chains** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “that I am in jail” or “remember my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	4	18	w2vm	translate-blessing	ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Colossians. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness within you” or “I pray that you will have grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])

en_tn_62-2PE.tsv

@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	13	q0sv	figs-abstractnouns	διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	14	slej	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1		In this clause Peter is giving a reason why he will always remind his audience of doctrinal truths in this letter, specifically faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because I know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	14	j8f5	figs-metaphor	ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου	1	the putting off of my tent is imminent	Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: “I will soon take off this body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	14	fpng	figs-euphemism	ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου	1	the putting off of my tent is imminent	**Putting off** his **tent** is a nice way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language,, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “I will die soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+2PE	1	14	fpng	figs-euphemism	ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου	1	the putting off of my tent is imminent	**Putting off** his **tent** is a nice way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “I will die soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 2PE	1	14	yzag		καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, ἐδήλωσέν μοι	1		Suggested footnote: “Peter may be referring here to what Jesus told him, as recorded in John 21:18–19.”
 2PE	1	15	aau5	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ καὶ	1		**Likewise** here could mean that: (1) this statement is in addition to what Peter just said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Moreover” (2) this statement is contrasting what he just said in the previous verse with what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2PE	1	15	xz8d	figs-abstractnouns	ἑκάστοτε, ἔχειν ὑμᾶς…τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

en_tn_66-JUD.tsv

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ JUD	1	3	j67u		ἅπαξ	1	once for all	Here, **once for all** expresses the idea
 JUD	1	4	he1b	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JUD	1	4	v94i		παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι	1		Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
 JUD	1	4	qevn	figs-ellipsis	παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι	1		In this phrase, Jude is leaving out words from this sentence that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JUD	1	4	wwz3	figs-activepassive	οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1	who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation	If your language does not use this passive form **having been designated, you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JUD	1	4	wwz3	figs-activepassive	οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1	who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation	If your language does not use this passive form **having been designated**, you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	4	c7a6	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **condemnation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	4	u2oj	figs-explicit	ἀσεβεῖς	1		Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	4	c642	figs-metaphor	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1–2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])